Patient Handout: Safe practices during the COVID-19 pandemic

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 08/26/2021 - 15:52
Display Headline
Patient Handout: Safe practices during the COVID-19 pandemic

In addition to sharing this handout (see PDF link) with your patients, Dr. Gupta also recommends advising them to watch the video Hand-washing Steps Using the WHO Technique, which is available at https://youtu.be/IisgnbMfKvI

Files
Author and Disclosure Information

Sarah Braciak, BS, PA-S is a Physician Assistant student, Daemen College, Amherst, New York.

Kara Kane is Public Information Officer (Health), Erie County Health, Buffalo, New York.

Sanjay Gupta, MD, is Chief Medical Officer, BryLin Health System, Buffalo, New York, and Clinical Professor, Department of Psychiatry, Jacobs School of Medicine, University at Buffalo, New York. He is also an Associate Editor of Current Psychiatry.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 20(2)
Publications
Topics
Sections
Files
Files
Author and Disclosure Information

Sarah Braciak, BS, PA-S is a Physician Assistant student, Daemen College, Amherst, New York.

Kara Kane is Public Information Officer (Health), Erie County Health, Buffalo, New York.

Sanjay Gupta, MD, is Chief Medical Officer, BryLin Health System, Buffalo, New York, and Clinical Professor, Department of Psychiatry, Jacobs School of Medicine, University at Buffalo, New York. He is also an Associate Editor of Current Psychiatry.

Author and Disclosure Information

Sarah Braciak, BS, PA-S is a Physician Assistant student, Daemen College, Amherst, New York.

Kara Kane is Public Information Officer (Health), Erie County Health, Buffalo, New York.

Sanjay Gupta, MD, is Chief Medical Officer, BryLin Health System, Buffalo, New York, and Clinical Professor, Department of Psychiatry, Jacobs School of Medicine, University at Buffalo, New York. He is also an Associate Editor of Current Psychiatry.

In addition to sharing this handout (see PDF link) with your patients, Dr. Gupta also recommends advising them to watch the video Hand-washing Steps Using the WHO Technique, which is available at https://youtu.be/IisgnbMfKvI

In addition to sharing this handout (see PDF link) with your patients, Dr. Gupta also recommends advising them to watch the video Hand-washing Steps Using the WHO Technique, which is available at https://youtu.be/IisgnbMfKvI

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 20(2)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 20(2)
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Patient Handout: Safe practices during the COVID-19 pandemic
Display Headline
Patient Handout: Safe practices during the COVID-19 pandemic
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Thu, 01/21/2021 - 11:15
Un-Gate On Date
Thu, 01/21/2021 - 11:15
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Thu, 01/21/2021 - 11:15
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Media Files

Telepsychiatry: What you need to know

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 08/26/2021 - 16:07
Display Headline
Telepsychiatry: What you need to know

The need for mental health services has never been greater. Unfortunately, many patients have limited access to psychiatric treatment, especially those who live in rural areas. Telepsychiatry—the delivery of psychiatric services through telecommunications technology, usually video conferencing—may help address this problem. Even before the onset of the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) pandemic, telepsychiatry was becoming increasingly common. A survey of US mental health facilities found that the proportion of facilities offering telepsychiatry nearly doubled from 2010 to 2017, from 15.2% to 29.2%.1

In this article, we describe examples of where and how telepsychiatry is being used successfully, and its potential advantages. We discuss concerns about its use, its impact on the therapeutic alliance, and patients’ and clinicians’ perceptions of it. We also discuss the legal, technological, and financial aspects of using telepsychiatry. With an increased understanding of these issues, psychiatric clinicians will be better able to integrate telepsychiatry into their practices.

How and where is telepsychiatry being used

In addition to being used to provide psychotherapy, telepsychiatry is being employed for diagnosis and evaluation; clinical consultations; research; supervision, mentoring, and education of trainees; development of treatment programs; and public health. Telepsychiatry is an excellent mechanism to provide high-level second opinions to primary care physicians and psychiatrists on complex cases for both diagnostic purposes and treatment.

Evidence suggests that telepsychiatry can play a beneficial role in a variety of settings, and for a range of patient populations.

Emergency departments (EDs). Using telepsychiatry for psychiatric consultations in EDs could result in a quicker disposition of patients and reduced crowding and wait times. A survey of on-call clinicians in a pediatric ED found that using telepsychiatry for on-site psychiatric consultations decreased patients’ length of stay, improved resident on-call burden, and reduced factors related to physician burnout.2 In this study, telepsychiatry use reduced travel for face-to-face evaluations by 75% and saved more than 2 hours per call day.2

Medical clinics. Using telepsychiatry to deliver cognitive-behavioral therapy significantly reduced symptoms of depression or anxiety among 203 primary care patients.3 Incorporating telepsychiatry into existing integrated primary care settings is becoming more common. For example, an integrated-care model that includes telepsychiatry is serving the needs of complex patients in a high-volume, urban primary care clinic in Colorado.4

Assertive Community Treatment (ACT) teams. Telepsychiatry is being used by ACT teams for crisis intervention and to reduce inpatient hospitalizations.5

Continue to: Correctional facilities

 

 

Correctional facilities. With the downsizing and closure of many state psychiatric hospitals across the United States over the last several decades, jails and prisons have become de facto mental health hospitals. This situation presents many challenges, including access to mental health care and the need to avoid medications with the potential for abuse. Using telepsychiatry for psychiatric consultations in correctional facilities can improve access to mental health care.

Geriatric patients. A systematic review of 76 studies evaluating telepsychiatry for older patients found this approach was well-accepted for inpatient and nursing home consultation, cognitive testing, dementia diagnosis and treatment, depression in integrated and collaborative care models, and psychotherapy.6 Another review of telepsychiatry for geriatric patients found that it supports mental health practice, especially when face-to-face therapy is not possible.7 The main drawbacks were technical problems and lack of support from staff.

Children and adolescents. The Michigan Child Collaborative Care (MC3) program is a telepsychiatry consultation service that has been able to provide cost-effective, timely, remote consultation to primary care clinicians who care for youth and perinatal women.8 New York has a pediatric collaborative care program, the Child and Adolescent Psychiatry for Primary Care (CAP PC), that incorporates telepsychiatry consultations for families who live >1 hour away from one of the program’s treatment sites.9

Patients with cancer. A literature review that included 9 studies found no statistically significant differences between standard face-to-face interventions and telepsychiatry for improving quality-of-life scores among patients receiving treatment for cancer.10

Patients with insomnia. Cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) is often recommended as a first-line treatment, but is not available for many patients. A recent study showed that CBT-I provided via telepsychiatry for patients with shift work sleep disorder was as effective as face-to-face therapy.11 Increasing the availability of this treatment could decrease reliance on pharmacotherapy for sleep.

Patients with opioid use disorder (OUD). Treatment for patients with OUD is limited by access to, and availability of, psychiatric clinicians. Telepsychiatry can help bridge this gap. One example of such use is in Ontario, Canada, where more than 10,000 patients with concurrent opiate abuse and other mental health disorders have received care via telepsychiatry since 2008.12

Continue to: Increasing access to cost-effective care where it is needed most

 

 

Increasing access to cost-effective care where it is needed most

There is a crisis in mental health care in rural areas of the United States. A study assessing delivery of care to US residents who live in rural areas found these patients’ mental health–related quality of life was 2.5 standard deviations below the national mean.13 Additionally, the need for treatment is expected to rise as the number of psychiatrists falls. According to a 2017 National Council for Behavioral Health report,14 by 2025, demand may outstrip supply by 6,090 to 15,600 psychiatrists. While telepsychiatry cannot improve this shortage per se, it can help increase access to psychiatric services. The potential benefits of telepsychiatry for patients are summarized in Table 1.15

Telepsychiatry’s benefits for patients

Telepsychiatry may be more cost-effective than traditional face-to-face treatment. A cost analysis of an expanding, multistate behavioral telehealth intervention program for rural American Indian/Alaska Native populations found substantial cost savings associated with telepsychiatry.16 In this analysis, the estimated cost efficiencies of telepsychiatry were more evident in rural communities, and having a multistate center was less expensive than each state operating independently.16

Most importantly, evidence suggests that treatment delivered via telepsychiatry is at least as effective as traditional face-to-face care. In a review that included >150 studies, Bashshur et al17 concluded, “Effective approaches to the long-term management of mental illness include monitoring, surveillance, mental health promotion, mental illness prevention, and biopsychosocial treatment programs. The empirical evidence … demonstrates the capability of [telepsychiatry] to perform these functions more efficiently and as well as or more effectively than in-person care.”

 

Clinician and patient attitudes toward telepsychiatry

Clinicians have legitimate concerns about the quality of care being delivered when using telepsychiatry. Are patients satisfied with treatment delivered via telepsychiatry? Can a therapeutic alliance be established and maintained? It appears that clinicians may have more concerns than patients do.18

A study of telepsychiatry consultations for patients in rural primary care clinics performed by clinicians at an urban health center found that patients and clinicians were highly satisfied with telepsychiatry.19 Both patients and clinicians believed that telepsychiatry provided patients with better access to care. There was a high degree of agreement between patients and clinician responses.19

Continue to: In a review of...

 

 

In a review of 452 telepsychiatry studies, Hubley et al20 focused on satisfaction, reliability, treatment outcomes, implementation outcomes, cost effectiveness, and legal issues. They concluded that patients and clinicians are generally satisfied with telepsychiatry services. Interestingly, clinicians expressed more concerns about the potential adverse effects of telepsychiatry on therapeutic rapport. Hubley et al20 found no published reports of adverse events associated with telepsychiatry use.

In a study of school-based telepsychiatry in an urban setting, Mayworm et al21 found that patients were highly satisfied with both in-person and telepsychiatry services, and there were no significant differences in preference. This study also found that telepsychiatry services were more time-efficient than in-person services.

A study of using telepsychiatry to treat unipolar depression found that patient satisfaction scores improved with increasing number of video-based sessions, and were similar among all age groups.22 An analysis of this study found that total satisfaction scores were higher for patients than for clinicians.23

In a study of satisfaction with telepsychiatry among community-dwelling older veterans, 90% of participants reported liking or even preferring telepsychiatry, even though the experience was novel for most of them.24

As always, patients’ preferences need to be kept in mind when considering what services can and should be provided via telepsychiatry, because not all patients will find it acceptable. For example, in a study of veterans’ attitudes toward treatment via telepsychiatry, Goetter et al25 found that interest was mixed. Twenty-six percent of patients were “not at all comfortable,” while 13% were “extremely comfortable” using telepsychiatry from home. Notably, 33% indicated a clear preference for telepsychiatry compared to in-person mental health visits.

Continue to: Legal aspects of telepsychiatry

 

 

Legal aspects of telepsychiatry

When conducting telepsychiatry services, clinicians need to consider several legal issues, including federal and state regulations, as well as professional liability. In a 2017 article, Vanderpool26 provided a comprehensive overview of the legal aspects of telepsychiatry. In March 2020, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, several key federal telehealth regulations were suspended. Telehealth service locations were broadened to allow patients to be interviewed at their homes. In addition, Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) requirements were loosened to allow for nonsecure communications with patients in certain settings. Box 1 highlights these changes and offers tips for using telepsychiatry during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Box 1

Using telepsychiatry during the COVID-19 pandemic

As part of the efforts to contain the spread of coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19), the use of telemedicine, including telepsychiatry, has increased substantially. Here are a few key facts to keep in mind while practicing telepsychiatry during this pandemic:

  • The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services relaxed requirements for telehealth starting March 6, 2020 and for the duration of the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency. Under this new waiver, Medicare can pay for office, hospital, and other visits furnished via telehealth across the country and including in patient’s places of residence. For details, see www.cms.gov/newsroom/fact-sheets/medicare-telemedicine-health-care-provider-fact-sheet. This fact sheet reviews relevant information, including billing codes.
  • Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act requirements, specifically those for secure communications, will not be enforced when telehealth is used under the new waiver. Because of this, popular but unsecure software applications, such as Apple’s FaceTime, Microsoft’s Teams, or Facebook’s Messenger, WhatsApp, and Messenger Rooms, can be used.
  • Informed consent for the use of telepsychiatry in this situation should be obtained from the patient or his/her guardian, and documented in the patient’s medical record. For example: “Informed consent received for providing services via video teleconferencing to the home in order to protect the patient from COVID-19 exposure. Confidentiality issues were discussed.”

Licensure. State licensing and medical regulatory organizations consider the care provided via telepsychiatry to be rendered where the patient is physically located when services are rendered. Because of this, psychiatrists who use telepsychiatry generally need to hold a license in the state where their patients are located, regardless of where the psychiatrist is located.

Some states offer special telemedicine licenses. Typically, these licenses allow clinicians to practice across state lines without having to obtain a full professional license from the state. Be sure to check with the relevant state medical board where you intend to practice.

Because state laws related to telepsychiatry are continuously evolving, we suggest that clinicians continually check these laws and obtain a regulatory response in writing so there is ongoing documentation. For more information on this topic, see “Telepsychiatry during COVID-19: Understanding the rules” at MDedge.com/psychiatry.

Malpractice insurance. Some insurance companies offer coverage that includes the practice of telepsychiatry, whereas other carriers require the purchase of additional coverage for telepsychiatry. There may be additional requirements for practicing across state lines. Be sure to check with your insurer.

Continue to: Technical requirements and costs

 

 

Technical requirements and costs

In order to perform telepsychiatry, one needs Internet access, appropriate hardware such as a desktop or laptop computer or tablet, and a video conferencing application. Software must be HIPAA-compliant, although this requirement is not being enforced during the COVID-19 pandemic. Several popular video conferencing platforms were designed for or have versions suitable for telemedicine, including Zoom, Doxy.me, Vidyo, and Skype.

The use of different electronic health record (EHR) systems by various health care systems is a barrier to using telepsychiatry. One potential solution is to use a web portal, such as the one developed by East Carolina University’s North Carolina Statewide Telepsychiatry Program (NC-STeP), which connects hospital EDs and community-based primary care sites with remote psychiatric clinicians, allowing them to share secure electronic health information across different EHRs.27Box 2 provides more details about this program.

Box 2

NC-STeP: A statewide telepsychiatry program

The North Carolina Statewide Telepsychiatry Program (NC-STeP) began in 2013 by providing telepsychiatry services in hospital emergency departments (EDs) to individuals experiencing an acute behavioral health crisis. In 2018, the program expanded to include community-based primary care sites using a “hybrid” collaborative-care model. This model benefits patients by improving access to mental health specialty care; reducing the need for trips to the ED and inpatient admissions, thus decompressing EDs; improving compliance with treatment; reducing delays in care; reducing stigma; and improving continuity of care and follow-up. East Carolina University’s Center for Telepsychiatry and E-Behavioral Health is the home for this program, which is connecting hospital EDs and community-based primary care sites across North Carolina.

NC-STeP provides patients with a faceto-face interaction with a clinician through real-time video conferencing that is facilitated using mobile carts and desktop units. A web portal combines scheduling, electronic medical records, health information exchange functions, and data management systems.

NC-STeP has significantly reduced patient length of stay in EDs, provided cost savings to the health care delivery system through overturned involuntary commitments, improved ED throughout, and reduced patient boarding time; and has achieved high rates of patient, staff, and clinician satisfaction. Highlights of the program include:

  • 57 hospitals and 8 communitybased sites in the network (as of January 1, 2020)
  • 8 clinical hubs are operational, with 53 consultant clinicians
  • 40,573 telepsychiatry assessments (as of January 1, 2020)
  • 5,631 involuntary commitments overturned, thus preventing unnecessary hospitalizations representing a saving of $30,407,400 to the state
  • Since program inception, >40% of ED patients who received telepsychiatry services were discharged to home
  • 32% of the patients served had no insurance coverage
  • Currently, the average consult elapsed time (in queue to consult complete) is 3 hours 9 minutes.

For more information about this program, see www.ecu.edu/cs-dhs/ncstep.

Our practice has extensive experience with telepsychiatry (Box 3), and for us, the specific costs associated with providing telepsychiatry services include maintenance of infrastructure and the purchase of hardware (eg, computers, smartphones, tablets), a video conferencing application (some free versions are available), EHR systems, and Internet access.

Box 3

Our practice’s use of telepsychiatry

Our practice (Rural Psychiatry Associates, Grand Forks, North Dakota) and our close associates have provided telepsychiatry services to >200 mental health clinics, hospitals, Native American villages, prisons, and nursing homes, mostly in rural and underserved areas. To provide these services, in addition to physicians, we also utilize nurse practitioners and physician assistants, for whom we provide extensive education, training, and supervision. We also provide education to the staff at the facilities where we provide services.

For nursing homes, we often use what is referred to as a “blended mode,” where we combine telepsychiatry visits with in-person, on-site visits, alternating monthly. In this model, we also typically alternate one physician with one nonphysician clinician at each facility. For continuity of care, the same clinicians service the same facilities. For very distant facilities with only a few patients, only telepsychiatry is utilized. However, initial services are always provided by a physician to establish a relationship, discuss policies and procedures, and evaluate patients face-to-face.

Telepsychiatry is increasingly used for education and mentoring. We have found telepsychiatry to be especially useful when working with psychiatric residents on a realtime basis as they evaluate and treat patients at a different location.

Reimbursement for telepsychiatry

Private insurance reimbursement for treatment delivered via telepsychiatry obviously depends on the specific insurance company. Some facilities, such as nursing homes, hospitals, medical clinics, and correctional facilities, offer lump-sum fees to clinicians for providing contracted services. Some clinicians are providing telepsychiatry as direct-bill or concierge services, which require direct payment from the patient without any reimbursement from insurance.

Medicare Part B covers some telepsychiatry services, but only under certain conditions.28 Previously, reimbursement was limited to services provided to patients who live in rural areas. However, on November 1, 2019, eligibility for telehealth services for Medicare Advantage (MA) recipients was expanded to include patients in both urban and rural locations. Patients covered by MA also can receive telehealth services from their home, instead of having to drive to a Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services–qualified telehealth service center.

Continue to: Medicaid is the single...

 

 

Medicaid is the single largest payer for mental health services in the United States,29 and all Medicaid programs reimburse for some telepsychiatry services. As with all Medicaid health care, fees paid for telepsychiatry are state-specific. Since 2013, several state Medicaid programs, including New York,30 have expanded the list of eligible telehealth sites to include schools, thereby giving children virtual access to mental health clinicians.

Getting started

Clinicians who are interested in starting to provide treatment via telepsychiatry can begin by reviewing the American Psychiatric Association’s Telepsychiatry Toolkit at www.psychiatry.org/psychiatrists/practice/telepsychiatry/toolkit. This toolkit, which is being continually updated, features numerous training videos for clinicians new to telepsychiatry, such as Learning To Do Telemental Health (www.psychiatry.org/psychiatrists/practice/telepsychiatry/toolkit/learning-telemental-health) and The Credentialing Process (www.psychiatry.org/psychiatrists/practice/telepsychiatry/toolkit/credentialing-process). Before starting, also consider reviewing the steps listed in Table 2.

Telepsychiatry: 8 Steps to consider before starting

Bottom Line

Evidence suggests telepsychiatry can be beneficial for a wide range of patient populations and settings. Most patients accept its use, and some actually prefer it to face-to-face care. Telepsychiatry may be especially useful for patients who have limited access to psychiatric treatment, such as those who live in rural areas. Factors to consider before incorporating telepsychiatry into your practice include addressing various legal, technological, and financial requirements.

Related Resources

References

1. Spivak S, Spivak A, Cullen B, et al. Telepsychiatry use in U.S. mental health facilities, 2010-2017. Psychiatr Serv. 2019;71(2):appips201900261. doi: 10.1176/appi.ps.201900261.
2. Reliford A, Adebanjo B. Use of telepsychiatry in pediatric emergency room to decrease length of stay for psychiatric patients, improve resident on-call burden, and reduce factors related to physician burnout. Telemed J E Health. 2019;25(9):828-832.
3. Mathiasen K, Riper H, Andersen TE, et al. Guided internet-based cognitive behavioral therapy for adult depression and anxiety in routine secondary care: observational study. J Med Internet Res. 2018;20(11):e10927. doi: 10.2196/10927.
4. Waugh M, Calderone J, Brown Levey S, et al. Using telepsychiatry to enrich existing integrated primary care. Telemed J E Health. 2019;25(8):762-768.
5. Swanson CL, Trestman RL. Rural assertive community treatment and telepsychiatry. J Psychiatr Pract. 2018;24(4):269-273.
6. Gentry MT, Lapid MI, Rummans TA. Geriatric telepsychiatry: systematic review and policy considerations. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2019;27(2):109-127.
7. Christensen LF, Moller AM, Hansen JP, et al. Patients’ and providers’ experiences with video consultations used in the treatment of older patients with unipolar depression: a systematic review. J Psychiatr Ment Health Nurs. 2020;27(3):258-271.
8. Marcus S, Malas N, Dopp R, et al. The Michigan Child Collaborative Care program: building a telepsychiatry consultation service. Psychiatr Serv. 2019;70(9):849-852.
9. Kaye DL, Fornari V, Scharf M, et al. Description of a multi-university education and collaborative care child psychiatry access program: New York State’s CAP PC. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2017;48:32-36.
10. Larson JL, Rosen AB, Wilson FA. The effect of telehealth interventions on quality of life of cancer patients: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Telemed J E Health. 2018;24(6):397-405.
11. Peter L, Reindl R, Zauter S, et al. Effectiveness of an online CBT-I intervention and a face-to-face treatment for shift work sleep disorder: a comparison of sleep diary data. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2019;16(17):E3081. doi: 10.3390/ijerph16173081.
12. LaBelle B, Franklyn AM, Pkh Nguyen V, et al. Characterizing the use of telepsychiatry for patients with opioid use disorder and cooccurring mental health disorders in Ontario, Canada. Int J Telemed Appl. 2018;2018(3):1-7.
13. Fortney JC, Heagerty PJ, Bauer AM, et al. Study to promote innovation in rural integrated telepsychiatry (SPIRIT): rationale and design of a randomized comparative effectiveness trial of managing complex psychiatric disorders in rural primary care clinics. Contemp Clin Trials. 2020;90:105873. doi: 10.1016/j.cct.2019.105873.
14. Weiner S. Addressing the escalating psychiatrist shortage. AAMC. https://www.aamc.org/news-insights/addressing-escalating-psychiatrist-shortage. Published February 12, 2018. Accessed May 14, 2020.
15. American Psychiatric Association. What is telepsychiatry? https://www.psychiatry.org/patients-families/what-is-telepsychiatry. Published 2017. Accessed May 14, 2020.
16. Yilmaz SK, Horn BP, Fore C, et al. An economic cost analysis of an expanding, multi-state behavioural telehealth intervention. J Telemed Telecare. 2019;25(6):353-364.
17. Bashshur RL, Shannon GW, Bashshur N, et al. The empirical evidence for telemedicine interventions in mental disorders. Telemed J E Health. 2016;22(2):87-113.
18. Lopez A, Schwenk S, Schneck CD, et al. Technology-based mental health treatment and the impact on the therapeutic alliance. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2019;21(8):76.
19. Schubert NJ, Backman PJ, Bhatla R, et al. Telepsychiatry and patient-provider concordance. Can J Rural Med. 2019;24(3):75-82.
20. Hubley S, Lynch SB, Schneck C, et al. Review of key telepsychiatry outcomes. World J Psychiatry. 2016;6(2):269-282.
21. Mayworm AM, Lever N, Gloff N, et al. School-based telepsychiatry in an urban setting: efficiency and satisfaction with care. Telemed J E Health. 2020;26(4):446-454.
22. Christensen LF, Gildberg FA, Sibbersen C, et al. Videoconferences and treatment of depression: satisfaction score correlated with number of sessions attended but not with age [published online October 31, 2019]. Telemed J E Health. 2019. doi: 10.1089/tmj.2019.0129.
23. Christensen LF, Gildberg FA, Sibbersen C, et al. Disagreement in satisfaction between patients and providers in the use of videoconferences by depressed adults. Telemed J E Health. 2020;26(5):614-620.
24. Hantke N, Lajoy M, Gould CE, et al. Patient satisfaction with geriatric psychiatry services via video teleconference. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2020;28(4):491-494.
25. Goetter EM, Blackburn AM, Bui E, et al. Veterans’ prospective attitudes about mental health treatment using telehealth. J Psychosoc Nurs Ment Health Serv. 2019;57(9):38-43.
26. Vanderpool D. Top 10 myths about telepsychiatry. Innov Clin Neurosci. 2017;14(9-10):13-15.
27. Butterfield A. Telepsychiatric evaluation and consultation in emergency care settings. Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2018;27(3):467-478.
28. Medicare.gov. Telehealth. https://www.medicare.gov/coverage/telehealth. Accessed May 14, 2020.
29. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Behavioral Health Services. https://www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/benefits/bhs/index.html. Accessed May 14, 2020.
30. New York Pub Health Law §2999-cc (2017).

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Bradford Frank, MD, MPH, MBA
Clinical Assistant Professor
Department of Psychiatry
University of North Dakota School of Medicine and Health Sciences
Grand Forks, North Dakota

Thomas Peterson, MD
Clinical Assistant Professor
Department of Psychiatry
University of North Dakota School of Medicine and Health Sciences
Grand Forks, North Dakota

Sanjay Gupta, MD
Clinical Professor
Department of Psychiatry
Jacobs School of Medicine and Biomedical SciencesUniversity of Buffalo
Chief Medical Officer
BryLin Health System
Buffalo, New York

Timothy Peterson, MD
Clinical Assistant Professor
Department of Psychiatry
University of North Dakota School of Medicine and Health Sciences
Grand Forks, North Dakota

Disclosures
Drs. Frank, Thomas Peterson, and Timothy Peterson are staff physicians at Rural Psychiatry Associates, whose telepsychiatry practices are described in this article. Dr. Gupta reports no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 19(6)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
16-23
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Bradford Frank, MD, MPH, MBA
Clinical Assistant Professor
Department of Psychiatry
University of North Dakota School of Medicine and Health Sciences
Grand Forks, North Dakota

Thomas Peterson, MD
Clinical Assistant Professor
Department of Psychiatry
University of North Dakota School of Medicine and Health Sciences
Grand Forks, North Dakota

Sanjay Gupta, MD
Clinical Professor
Department of Psychiatry
Jacobs School of Medicine and Biomedical SciencesUniversity of Buffalo
Chief Medical Officer
BryLin Health System
Buffalo, New York

Timothy Peterson, MD
Clinical Assistant Professor
Department of Psychiatry
University of North Dakota School of Medicine and Health Sciences
Grand Forks, North Dakota

Disclosures
Drs. Frank, Thomas Peterson, and Timothy Peterson are staff physicians at Rural Psychiatry Associates, whose telepsychiatry practices are described in this article. Dr. Gupta reports no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Author and Disclosure Information

Bradford Frank, MD, MPH, MBA
Clinical Assistant Professor
Department of Psychiatry
University of North Dakota School of Medicine and Health Sciences
Grand Forks, North Dakota

Thomas Peterson, MD
Clinical Assistant Professor
Department of Psychiatry
University of North Dakota School of Medicine and Health Sciences
Grand Forks, North Dakota

Sanjay Gupta, MD
Clinical Professor
Department of Psychiatry
Jacobs School of Medicine and Biomedical SciencesUniversity of Buffalo
Chief Medical Officer
BryLin Health System
Buffalo, New York

Timothy Peterson, MD
Clinical Assistant Professor
Department of Psychiatry
University of North Dakota School of Medicine and Health Sciences
Grand Forks, North Dakota

Disclosures
Drs. Frank, Thomas Peterson, and Timothy Peterson are staff physicians at Rural Psychiatry Associates, whose telepsychiatry practices are described in this article. Dr. Gupta reports no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article, or with manufacturers of competing products.

Article PDF
Article PDF

The need for mental health services has never been greater. Unfortunately, many patients have limited access to psychiatric treatment, especially those who live in rural areas. Telepsychiatry—the delivery of psychiatric services through telecommunications technology, usually video conferencing—may help address this problem. Even before the onset of the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) pandemic, telepsychiatry was becoming increasingly common. A survey of US mental health facilities found that the proportion of facilities offering telepsychiatry nearly doubled from 2010 to 2017, from 15.2% to 29.2%.1

In this article, we describe examples of where and how telepsychiatry is being used successfully, and its potential advantages. We discuss concerns about its use, its impact on the therapeutic alliance, and patients’ and clinicians’ perceptions of it. We also discuss the legal, technological, and financial aspects of using telepsychiatry. With an increased understanding of these issues, psychiatric clinicians will be better able to integrate telepsychiatry into their practices.

How and where is telepsychiatry being used

In addition to being used to provide psychotherapy, telepsychiatry is being employed for diagnosis and evaluation; clinical consultations; research; supervision, mentoring, and education of trainees; development of treatment programs; and public health. Telepsychiatry is an excellent mechanism to provide high-level second opinions to primary care physicians and psychiatrists on complex cases for both diagnostic purposes and treatment.

Evidence suggests that telepsychiatry can play a beneficial role in a variety of settings, and for a range of patient populations.

Emergency departments (EDs). Using telepsychiatry for psychiatric consultations in EDs could result in a quicker disposition of patients and reduced crowding and wait times. A survey of on-call clinicians in a pediatric ED found that using telepsychiatry for on-site psychiatric consultations decreased patients’ length of stay, improved resident on-call burden, and reduced factors related to physician burnout.2 In this study, telepsychiatry use reduced travel for face-to-face evaluations by 75% and saved more than 2 hours per call day.2

Medical clinics. Using telepsychiatry to deliver cognitive-behavioral therapy significantly reduced symptoms of depression or anxiety among 203 primary care patients.3 Incorporating telepsychiatry into existing integrated primary care settings is becoming more common. For example, an integrated-care model that includes telepsychiatry is serving the needs of complex patients in a high-volume, urban primary care clinic in Colorado.4

Assertive Community Treatment (ACT) teams. Telepsychiatry is being used by ACT teams for crisis intervention and to reduce inpatient hospitalizations.5

Continue to: Correctional facilities

 

 

Correctional facilities. With the downsizing and closure of many state psychiatric hospitals across the United States over the last several decades, jails and prisons have become de facto mental health hospitals. This situation presents many challenges, including access to mental health care and the need to avoid medications with the potential for abuse. Using telepsychiatry for psychiatric consultations in correctional facilities can improve access to mental health care.

Geriatric patients. A systematic review of 76 studies evaluating telepsychiatry for older patients found this approach was well-accepted for inpatient and nursing home consultation, cognitive testing, dementia diagnosis and treatment, depression in integrated and collaborative care models, and psychotherapy.6 Another review of telepsychiatry for geriatric patients found that it supports mental health practice, especially when face-to-face therapy is not possible.7 The main drawbacks were technical problems and lack of support from staff.

Children and adolescents. The Michigan Child Collaborative Care (MC3) program is a telepsychiatry consultation service that has been able to provide cost-effective, timely, remote consultation to primary care clinicians who care for youth and perinatal women.8 New York has a pediatric collaborative care program, the Child and Adolescent Psychiatry for Primary Care (CAP PC), that incorporates telepsychiatry consultations for families who live >1 hour away from one of the program’s treatment sites.9

Patients with cancer. A literature review that included 9 studies found no statistically significant differences between standard face-to-face interventions and telepsychiatry for improving quality-of-life scores among patients receiving treatment for cancer.10

Patients with insomnia. Cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) is often recommended as a first-line treatment, but is not available for many patients. A recent study showed that CBT-I provided via telepsychiatry for patients with shift work sleep disorder was as effective as face-to-face therapy.11 Increasing the availability of this treatment could decrease reliance on pharmacotherapy for sleep.

Patients with opioid use disorder (OUD). Treatment for patients with OUD is limited by access to, and availability of, psychiatric clinicians. Telepsychiatry can help bridge this gap. One example of such use is in Ontario, Canada, where more than 10,000 patients with concurrent opiate abuse and other mental health disorders have received care via telepsychiatry since 2008.12

Continue to: Increasing access to cost-effective care where it is needed most

 

 

Increasing access to cost-effective care where it is needed most

There is a crisis in mental health care in rural areas of the United States. A study assessing delivery of care to US residents who live in rural areas found these patients’ mental health–related quality of life was 2.5 standard deviations below the national mean.13 Additionally, the need for treatment is expected to rise as the number of psychiatrists falls. According to a 2017 National Council for Behavioral Health report,14 by 2025, demand may outstrip supply by 6,090 to 15,600 psychiatrists. While telepsychiatry cannot improve this shortage per se, it can help increase access to psychiatric services. The potential benefits of telepsychiatry for patients are summarized in Table 1.15

Telepsychiatry’s benefits for patients

Telepsychiatry may be more cost-effective than traditional face-to-face treatment. A cost analysis of an expanding, multistate behavioral telehealth intervention program for rural American Indian/Alaska Native populations found substantial cost savings associated with telepsychiatry.16 In this analysis, the estimated cost efficiencies of telepsychiatry were more evident in rural communities, and having a multistate center was less expensive than each state operating independently.16

Most importantly, evidence suggests that treatment delivered via telepsychiatry is at least as effective as traditional face-to-face care. In a review that included >150 studies, Bashshur et al17 concluded, “Effective approaches to the long-term management of mental illness include monitoring, surveillance, mental health promotion, mental illness prevention, and biopsychosocial treatment programs. The empirical evidence … demonstrates the capability of [telepsychiatry] to perform these functions more efficiently and as well as or more effectively than in-person care.”

 

Clinician and patient attitudes toward telepsychiatry

Clinicians have legitimate concerns about the quality of care being delivered when using telepsychiatry. Are patients satisfied with treatment delivered via telepsychiatry? Can a therapeutic alliance be established and maintained? It appears that clinicians may have more concerns than patients do.18

A study of telepsychiatry consultations for patients in rural primary care clinics performed by clinicians at an urban health center found that patients and clinicians were highly satisfied with telepsychiatry.19 Both patients and clinicians believed that telepsychiatry provided patients with better access to care. There was a high degree of agreement between patients and clinician responses.19

Continue to: In a review of...

 

 

In a review of 452 telepsychiatry studies, Hubley et al20 focused on satisfaction, reliability, treatment outcomes, implementation outcomes, cost effectiveness, and legal issues. They concluded that patients and clinicians are generally satisfied with telepsychiatry services. Interestingly, clinicians expressed more concerns about the potential adverse effects of telepsychiatry on therapeutic rapport. Hubley et al20 found no published reports of adverse events associated with telepsychiatry use.

In a study of school-based telepsychiatry in an urban setting, Mayworm et al21 found that patients were highly satisfied with both in-person and telepsychiatry services, and there were no significant differences in preference. This study also found that telepsychiatry services were more time-efficient than in-person services.

A study of using telepsychiatry to treat unipolar depression found that patient satisfaction scores improved with increasing number of video-based sessions, and were similar among all age groups.22 An analysis of this study found that total satisfaction scores were higher for patients than for clinicians.23

In a study of satisfaction with telepsychiatry among community-dwelling older veterans, 90% of participants reported liking or even preferring telepsychiatry, even though the experience was novel for most of them.24

As always, patients’ preferences need to be kept in mind when considering what services can and should be provided via telepsychiatry, because not all patients will find it acceptable. For example, in a study of veterans’ attitudes toward treatment via telepsychiatry, Goetter et al25 found that interest was mixed. Twenty-six percent of patients were “not at all comfortable,” while 13% were “extremely comfortable” using telepsychiatry from home. Notably, 33% indicated a clear preference for telepsychiatry compared to in-person mental health visits.

Continue to: Legal aspects of telepsychiatry

 

 

Legal aspects of telepsychiatry

When conducting telepsychiatry services, clinicians need to consider several legal issues, including federal and state regulations, as well as professional liability. In a 2017 article, Vanderpool26 provided a comprehensive overview of the legal aspects of telepsychiatry. In March 2020, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, several key federal telehealth regulations were suspended. Telehealth service locations were broadened to allow patients to be interviewed at their homes. In addition, Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) requirements were loosened to allow for nonsecure communications with patients in certain settings. Box 1 highlights these changes and offers tips for using telepsychiatry during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Box 1

Using telepsychiatry during the COVID-19 pandemic

As part of the efforts to contain the spread of coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19), the use of telemedicine, including telepsychiatry, has increased substantially. Here are a few key facts to keep in mind while practicing telepsychiatry during this pandemic:

  • The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services relaxed requirements for telehealth starting March 6, 2020 and for the duration of the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency. Under this new waiver, Medicare can pay for office, hospital, and other visits furnished via telehealth across the country and including in patient’s places of residence. For details, see www.cms.gov/newsroom/fact-sheets/medicare-telemedicine-health-care-provider-fact-sheet. This fact sheet reviews relevant information, including billing codes.
  • Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act requirements, specifically those for secure communications, will not be enforced when telehealth is used under the new waiver. Because of this, popular but unsecure software applications, such as Apple’s FaceTime, Microsoft’s Teams, or Facebook’s Messenger, WhatsApp, and Messenger Rooms, can be used.
  • Informed consent for the use of telepsychiatry in this situation should be obtained from the patient or his/her guardian, and documented in the patient’s medical record. For example: “Informed consent received for providing services via video teleconferencing to the home in order to protect the patient from COVID-19 exposure. Confidentiality issues were discussed.”

Licensure. State licensing and medical regulatory organizations consider the care provided via telepsychiatry to be rendered where the patient is physically located when services are rendered. Because of this, psychiatrists who use telepsychiatry generally need to hold a license in the state where their patients are located, regardless of where the psychiatrist is located.

Some states offer special telemedicine licenses. Typically, these licenses allow clinicians to practice across state lines without having to obtain a full professional license from the state. Be sure to check with the relevant state medical board where you intend to practice.

Because state laws related to telepsychiatry are continuously evolving, we suggest that clinicians continually check these laws and obtain a regulatory response in writing so there is ongoing documentation. For more information on this topic, see “Telepsychiatry during COVID-19: Understanding the rules” at MDedge.com/psychiatry.

Malpractice insurance. Some insurance companies offer coverage that includes the practice of telepsychiatry, whereas other carriers require the purchase of additional coverage for telepsychiatry. There may be additional requirements for practicing across state lines. Be sure to check with your insurer.

Continue to: Technical requirements and costs

 

 

Technical requirements and costs

In order to perform telepsychiatry, one needs Internet access, appropriate hardware such as a desktop or laptop computer or tablet, and a video conferencing application. Software must be HIPAA-compliant, although this requirement is not being enforced during the COVID-19 pandemic. Several popular video conferencing platforms were designed for or have versions suitable for telemedicine, including Zoom, Doxy.me, Vidyo, and Skype.

The use of different electronic health record (EHR) systems by various health care systems is a barrier to using telepsychiatry. One potential solution is to use a web portal, such as the one developed by East Carolina University’s North Carolina Statewide Telepsychiatry Program (NC-STeP), which connects hospital EDs and community-based primary care sites with remote psychiatric clinicians, allowing them to share secure electronic health information across different EHRs.27Box 2 provides more details about this program.

Box 2

NC-STeP: A statewide telepsychiatry program

The North Carolina Statewide Telepsychiatry Program (NC-STeP) began in 2013 by providing telepsychiatry services in hospital emergency departments (EDs) to individuals experiencing an acute behavioral health crisis. In 2018, the program expanded to include community-based primary care sites using a “hybrid” collaborative-care model. This model benefits patients by improving access to mental health specialty care; reducing the need for trips to the ED and inpatient admissions, thus decompressing EDs; improving compliance with treatment; reducing delays in care; reducing stigma; and improving continuity of care and follow-up. East Carolina University’s Center for Telepsychiatry and E-Behavioral Health is the home for this program, which is connecting hospital EDs and community-based primary care sites across North Carolina.

NC-STeP provides patients with a faceto-face interaction with a clinician through real-time video conferencing that is facilitated using mobile carts and desktop units. A web portal combines scheduling, electronic medical records, health information exchange functions, and data management systems.

NC-STeP has significantly reduced patient length of stay in EDs, provided cost savings to the health care delivery system through overturned involuntary commitments, improved ED throughout, and reduced patient boarding time; and has achieved high rates of patient, staff, and clinician satisfaction. Highlights of the program include:

  • 57 hospitals and 8 communitybased sites in the network (as of January 1, 2020)
  • 8 clinical hubs are operational, with 53 consultant clinicians
  • 40,573 telepsychiatry assessments (as of January 1, 2020)
  • 5,631 involuntary commitments overturned, thus preventing unnecessary hospitalizations representing a saving of $30,407,400 to the state
  • Since program inception, >40% of ED patients who received telepsychiatry services were discharged to home
  • 32% of the patients served had no insurance coverage
  • Currently, the average consult elapsed time (in queue to consult complete) is 3 hours 9 minutes.

For more information about this program, see www.ecu.edu/cs-dhs/ncstep.

Our practice has extensive experience with telepsychiatry (Box 3), and for us, the specific costs associated with providing telepsychiatry services include maintenance of infrastructure and the purchase of hardware (eg, computers, smartphones, tablets), a video conferencing application (some free versions are available), EHR systems, and Internet access.

Box 3

Our practice’s use of telepsychiatry

Our practice (Rural Psychiatry Associates, Grand Forks, North Dakota) and our close associates have provided telepsychiatry services to >200 mental health clinics, hospitals, Native American villages, prisons, and nursing homes, mostly in rural and underserved areas. To provide these services, in addition to physicians, we also utilize nurse practitioners and physician assistants, for whom we provide extensive education, training, and supervision. We also provide education to the staff at the facilities where we provide services.

For nursing homes, we often use what is referred to as a “blended mode,” where we combine telepsychiatry visits with in-person, on-site visits, alternating monthly. In this model, we also typically alternate one physician with one nonphysician clinician at each facility. For continuity of care, the same clinicians service the same facilities. For very distant facilities with only a few patients, only telepsychiatry is utilized. However, initial services are always provided by a physician to establish a relationship, discuss policies and procedures, and evaluate patients face-to-face.

Telepsychiatry is increasingly used for education and mentoring. We have found telepsychiatry to be especially useful when working with psychiatric residents on a realtime basis as they evaluate and treat patients at a different location.

Reimbursement for telepsychiatry

Private insurance reimbursement for treatment delivered via telepsychiatry obviously depends on the specific insurance company. Some facilities, such as nursing homes, hospitals, medical clinics, and correctional facilities, offer lump-sum fees to clinicians for providing contracted services. Some clinicians are providing telepsychiatry as direct-bill or concierge services, which require direct payment from the patient without any reimbursement from insurance.

Medicare Part B covers some telepsychiatry services, but only under certain conditions.28 Previously, reimbursement was limited to services provided to patients who live in rural areas. However, on November 1, 2019, eligibility for telehealth services for Medicare Advantage (MA) recipients was expanded to include patients in both urban and rural locations. Patients covered by MA also can receive telehealth services from their home, instead of having to drive to a Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services–qualified telehealth service center.

Continue to: Medicaid is the single...

 

 

Medicaid is the single largest payer for mental health services in the United States,29 and all Medicaid programs reimburse for some telepsychiatry services. As with all Medicaid health care, fees paid for telepsychiatry are state-specific. Since 2013, several state Medicaid programs, including New York,30 have expanded the list of eligible telehealth sites to include schools, thereby giving children virtual access to mental health clinicians.

Getting started

Clinicians who are interested in starting to provide treatment via telepsychiatry can begin by reviewing the American Psychiatric Association’s Telepsychiatry Toolkit at www.psychiatry.org/psychiatrists/practice/telepsychiatry/toolkit. This toolkit, which is being continually updated, features numerous training videos for clinicians new to telepsychiatry, such as Learning To Do Telemental Health (www.psychiatry.org/psychiatrists/practice/telepsychiatry/toolkit/learning-telemental-health) and The Credentialing Process (www.psychiatry.org/psychiatrists/practice/telepsychiatry/toolkit/credentialing-process). Before starting, also consider reviewing the steps listed in Table 2.

Telepsychiatry: 8 Steps to consider before starting

Bottom Line

Evidence suggests telepsychiatry can be beneficial for a wide range of patient populations and settings. Most patients accept its use, and some actually prefer it to face-to-face care. Telepsychiatry may be especially useful for patients who have limited access to psychiatric treatment, such as those who live in rural areas. Factors to consider before incorporating telepsychiatry into your practice include addressing various legal, technological, and financial requirements.

Related Resources

The need for mental health services has never been greater. Unfortunately, many patients have limited access to psychiatric treatment, especially those who live in rural areas. Telepsychiatry—the delivery of psychiatric services through telecommunications technology, usually video conferencing—may help address this problem. Even before the onset of the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) pandemic, telepsychiatry was becoming increasingly common. A survey of US mental health facilities found that the proportion of facilities offering telepsychiatry nearly doubled from 2010 to 2017, from 15.2% to 29.2%.1

In this article, we describe examples of where and how telepsychiatry is being used successfully, and its potential advantages. We discuss concerns about its use, its impact on the therapeutic alliance, and patients’ and clinicians’ perceptions of it. We also discuss the legal, technological, and financial aspects of using telepsychiatry. With an increased understanding of these issues, psychiatric clinicians will be better able to integrate telepsychiatry into their practices.

How and where is telepsychiatry being used

In addition to being used to provide psychotherapy, telepsychiatry is being employed for diagnosis and evaluation; clinical consultations; research; supervision, mentoring, and education of trainees; development of treatment programs; and public health. Telepsychiatry is an excellent mechanism to provide high-level second opinions to primary care physicians and psychiatrists on complex cases for both diagnostic purposes and treatment.

Evidence suggests that telepsychiatry can play a beneficial role in a variety of settings, and for a range of patient populations.

Emergency departments (EDs). Using telepsychiatry for psychiatric consultations in EDs could result in a quicker disposition of patients and reduced crowding and wait times. A survey of on-call clinicians in a pediatric ED found that using telepsychiatry for on-site psychiatric consultations decreased patients’ length of stay, improved resident on-call burden, and reduced factors related to physician burnout.2 In this study, telepsychiatry use reduced travel for face-to-face evaluations by 75% and saved more than 2 hours per call day.2

Medical clinics. Using telepsychiatry to deliver cognitive-behavioral therapy significantly reduced symptoms of depression or anxiety among 203 primary care patients.3 Incorporating telepsychiatry into existing integrated primary care settings is becoming more common. For example, an integrated-care model that includes telepsychiatry is serving the needs of complex patients in a high-volume, urban primary care clinic in Colorado.4

Assertive Community Treatment (ACT) teams. Telepsychiatry is being used by ACT teams for crisis intervention and to reduce inpatient hospitalizations.5

Continue to: Correctional facilities

 

 

Correctional facilities. With the downsizing and closure of many state psychiatric hospitals across the United States over the last several decades, jails and prisons have become de facto mental health hospitals. This situation presents many challenges, including access to mental health care and the need to avoid medications with the potential for abuse. Using telepsychiatry for psychiatric consultations in correctional facilities can improve access to mental health care.

Geriatric patients. A systematic review of 76 studies evaluating telepsychiatry for older patients found this approach was well-accepted for inpatient and nursing home consultation, cognitive testing, dementia diagnosis and treatment, depression in integrated and collaborative care models, and psychotherapy.6 Another review of telepsychiatry for geriatric patients found that it supports mental health practice, especially when face-to-face therapy is not possible.7 The main drawbacks were technical problems and lack of support from staff.

Children and adolescents. The Michigan Child Collaborative Care (MC3) program is a telepsychiatry consultation service that has been able to provide cost-effective, timely, remote consultation to primary care clinicians who care for youth and perinatal women.8 New York has a pediatric collaborative care program, the Child and Adolescent Psychiatry for Primary Care (CAP PC), that incorporates telepsychiatry consultations for families who live >1 hour away from one of the program’s treatment sites.9

Patients with cancer. A literature review that included 9 studies found no statistically significant differences between standard face-to-face interventions and telepsychiatry for improving quality-of-life scores among patients receiving treatment for cancer.10

Patients with insomnia. Cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) is often recommended as a first-line treatment, but is not available for many patients. A recent study showed that CBT-I provided via telepsychiatry for patients with shift work sleep disorder was as effective as face-to-face therapy.11 Increasing the availability of this treatment could decrease reliance on pharmacotherapy for sleep.

Patients with opioid use disorder (OUD). Treatment for patients with OUD is limited by access to, and availability of, psychiatric clinicians. Telepsychiatry can help bridge this gap. One example of such use is in Ontario, Canada, where more than 10,000 patients with concurrent opiate abuse and other mental health disorders have received care via telepsychiatry since 2008.12

Continue to: Increasing access to cost-effective care where it is needed most

 

 

Increasing access to cost-effective care where it is needed most

There is a crisis in mental health care in rural areas of the United States. A study assessing delivery of care to US residents who live in rural areas found these patients’ mental health–related quality of life was 2.5 standard deviations below the national mean.13 Additionally, the need for treatment is expected to rise as the number of psychiatrists falls. According to a 2017 National Council for Behavioral Health report,14 by 2025, demand may outstrip supply by 6,090 to 15,600 psychiatrists. While telepsychiatry cannot improve this shortage per se, it can help increase access to psychiatric services. The potential benefits of telepsychiatry for patients are summarized in Table 1.15

Telepsychiatry’s benefits for patients

Telepsychiatry may be more cost-effective than traditional face-to-face treatment. A cost analysis of an expanding, multistate behavioral telehealth intervention program for rural American Indian/Alaska Native populations found substantial cost savings associated with telepsychiatry.16 In this analysis, the estimated cost efficiencies of telepsychiatry were more evident in rural communities, and having a multistate center was less expensive than each state operating independently.16

Most importantly, evidence suggests that treatment delivered via telepsychiatry is at least as effective as traditional face-to-face care. In a review that included >150 studies, Bashshur et al17 concluded, “Effective approaches to the long-term management of mental illness include monitoring, surveillance, mental health promotion, mental illness prevention, and biopsychosocial treatment programs. The empirical evidence … demonstrates the capability of [telepsychiatry] to perform these functions more efficiently and as well as or more effectively than in-person care.”

 

Clinician and patient attitudes toward telepsychiatry

Clinicians have legitimate concerns about the quality of care being delivered when using telepsychiatry. Are patients satisfied with treatment delivered via telepsychiatry? Can a therapeutic alliance be established and maintained? It appears that clinicians may have more concerns than patients do.18

A study of telepsychiatry consultations for patients in rural primary care clinics performed by clinicians at an urban health center found that patients and clinicians were highly satisfied with telepsychiatry.19 Both patients and clinicians believed that telepsychiatry provided patients with better access to care. There was a high degree of agreement between patients and clinician responses.19

Continue to: In a review of...

 

 

In a review of 452 telepsychiatry studies, Hubley et al20 focused on satisfaction, reliability, treatment outcomes, implementation outcomes, cost effectiveness, and legal issues. They concluded that patients and clinicians are generally satisfied with telepsychiatry services. Interestingly, clinicians expressed more concerns about the potential adverse effects of telepsychiatry on therapeutic rapport. Hubley et al20 found no published reports of adverse events associated with telepsychiatry use.

In a study of school-based telepsychiatry in an urban setting, Mayworm et al21 found that patients were highly satisfied with both in-person and telepsychiatry services, and there were no significant differences in preference. This study also found that telepsychiatry services were more time-efficient than in-person services.

A study of using telepsychiatry to treat unipolar depression found that patient satisfaction scores improved with increasing number of video-based sessions, and were similar among all age groups.22 An analysis of this study found that total satisfaction scores were higher for patients than for clinicians.23

In a study of satisfaction with telepsychiatry among community-dwelling older veterans, 90% of participants reported liking or even preferring telepsychiatry, even though the experience was novel for most of them.24

As always, patients’ preferences need to be kept in mind when considering what services can and should be provided via telepsychiatry, because not all patients will find it acceptable. For example, in a study of veterans’ attitudes toward treatment via telepsychiatry, Goetter et al25 found that interest was mixed. Twenty-six percent of patients were “not at all comfortable,” while 13% were “extremely comfortable” using telepsychiatry from home. Notably, 33% indicated a clear preference for telepsychiatry compared to in-person mental health visits.

Continue to: Legal aspects of telepsychiatry

 

 

Legal aspects of telepsychiatry

When conducting telepsychiatry services, clinicians need to consider several legal issues, including federal and state regulations, as well as professional liability. In a 2017 article, Vanderpool26 provided a comprehensive overview of the legal aspects of telepsychiatry. In March 2020, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, several key federal telehealth regulations were suspended. Telehealth service locations were broadened to allow patients to be interviewed at their homes. In addition, Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) requirements were loosened to allow for nonsecure communications with patients in certain settings. Box 1 highlights these changes and offers tips for using telepsychiatry during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Box 1

Using telepsychiatry during the COVID-19 pandemic

As part of the efforts to contain the spread of coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19), the use of telemedicine, including telepsychiatry, has increased substantially. Here are a few key facts to keep in mind while practicing telepsychiatry during this pandemic:

  • The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services relaxed requirements for telehealth starting March 6, 2020 and for the duration of the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency. Under this new waiver, Medicare can pay for office, hospital, and other visits furnished via telehealth across the country and including in patient’s places of residence. For details, see www.cms.gov/newsroom/fact-sheets/medicare-telemedicine-health-care-provider-fact-sheet. This fact sheet reviews relevant information, including billing codes.
  • Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act requirements, specifically those for secure communications, will not be enforced when telehealth is used under the new waiver. Because of this, popular but unsecure software applications, such as Apple’s FaceTime, Microsoft’s Teams, or Facebook’s Messenger, WhatsApp, and Messenger Rooms, can be used.
  • Informed consent for the use of telepsychiatry in this situation should be obtained from the patient or his/her guardian, and documented in the patient’s medical record. For example: “Informed consent received for providing services via video teleconferencing to the home in order to protect the patient from COVID-19 exposure. Confidentiality issues were discussed.”

Licensure. State licensing and medical regulatory organizations consider the care provided via telepsychiatry to be rendered where the patient is physically located when services are rendered. Because of this, psychiatrists who use telepsychiatry generally need to hold a license in the state where their patients are located, regardless of where the psychiatrist is located.

Some states offer special telemedicine licenses. Typically, these licenses allow clinicians to practice across state lines without having to obtain a full professional license from the state. Be sure to check with the relevant state medical board where you intend to practice.

Because state laws related to telepsychiatry are continuously evolving, we suggest that clinicians continually check these laws and obtain a regulatory response in writing so there is ongoing documentation. For more information on this topic, see “Telepsychiatry during COVID-19: Understanding the rules” at MDedge.com/psychiatry.

Malpractice insurance. Some insurance companies offer coverage that includes the practice of telepsychiatry, whereas other carriers require the purchase of additional coverage for telepsychiatry. There may be additional requirements for practicing across state lines. Be sure to check with your insurer.

Continue to: Technical requirements and costs

 

 

Technical requirements and costs

In order to perform telepsychiatry, one needs Internet access, appropriate hardware such as a desktop or laptop computer or tablet, and a video conferencing application. Software must be HIPAA-compliant, although this requirement is not being enforced during the COVID-19 pandemic. Several popular video conferencing platforms were designed for or have versions suitable for telemedicine, including Zoom, Doxy.me, Vidyo, and Skype.

The use of different electronic health record (EHR) systems by various health care systems is a barrier to using telepsychiatry. One potential solution is to use a web portal, such as the one developed by East Carolina University’s North Carolina Statewide Telepsychiatry Program (NC-STeP), which connects hospital EDs and community-based primary care sites with remote psychiatric clinicians, allowing them to share secure electronic health information across different EHRs.27Box 2 provides more details about this program.

Box 2

NC-STeP: A statewide telepsychiatry program

The North Carolina Statewide Telepsychiatry Program (NC-STeP) began in 2013 by providing telepsychiatry services in hospital emergency departments (EDs) to individuals experiencing an acute behavioral health crisis. In 2018, the program expanded to include community-based primary care sites using a “hybrid” collaborative-care model. This model benefits patients by improving access to mental health specialty care; reducing the need for trips to the ED and inpatient admissions, thus decompressing EDs; improving compliance with treatment; reducing delays in care; reducing stigma; and improving continuity of care and follow-up. East Carolina University’s Center for Telepsychiatry and E-Behavioral Health is the home for this program, which is connecting hospital EDs and community-based primary care sites across North Carolina.

NC-STeP provides patients with a faceto-face interaction with a clinician through real-time video conferencing that is facilitated using mobile carts and desktop units. A web portal combines scheduling, electronic medical records, health information exchange functions, and data management systems.

NC-STeP has significantly reduced patient length of stay in EDs, provided cost savings to the health care delivery system through overturned involuntary commitments, improved ED throughout, and reduced patient boarding time; and has achieved high rates of patient, staff, and clinician satisfaction. Highlights of the program include:

  • 57 hospitals and 8 communitybased sites in the network (as of January 1, 2020)
  • 8 clinical hubs are operational, with 53 consultant clinicians
  • 40,573 telepsychiatry assessments (as of January 1, 2020)
  • 5,631 involuntary commitments overturned, thus preventing unnecessary hospitalizations representing a saving of $30,407,400 to the state
  • Since program inception, >40% of ED patients who received telepsychiatry services were discharged to home
  • 32% of the patients served had no insurance coverage
  • Currently, the average consult elapsed time (in queue to consult complete) is 3 hours 9 minutes.

For more information about this program, see www.ecu.edu/cs-dhs/ncstep.

Our practice has extensive experience with telepsychiatry (Box 3), and for us, the specific costs associated with providing telepsychiatry services include maintenance of infrastructure and the purchase of hardware (eg, computers, smartphones, tablets), a video conferencing application (some free versions are available), EHR systems, and Internet access.

Box 3

Our practice’s use of telepsychiatry

Our practice (Rural Psychiatry Associates, Grand Forks, North Dakota) and our close associates have provided telepsychiatry services to >200 mental health clinics, hospitals, Native American villages, prisons, and nursing homes, mostly in rural and underserved areas. To provide these services, in addition to physicians, we also utilize nurse practitioners and physician assistants, for whom we provide extensive education, training, and supervision. We also provide education to the staff at the facilities where we provide services.

For nursing homes, we often use what is referred to as a “blended mode,” where we combine telepsychiatry visits with in-person, on-site visits, alternating monthly. In this model, we also typically alternate one physician with one nonphysician clinician at each facility. For continuity of care, the same clinicians service the same facilities. For very distant facilities with only a few patients, only telepsychiatry is utilized. However, initial services are always provided by a physician to establish a relationship, discuss policies and procedures, and evaluate patients face-to-face.

Telepsychiatry is increasingly used for education and mentoring. We have found telepsychiatry to be especially useful when working with psychiatric residents on a realtime basis as they evaluate and treat patients at a different location.

Reimbursement for telepsychiatry

Private insurance reimbursement for treatment delivered via telepsychiatry obviously depends on the specific insurance company. Some facilities, such as nursing homes, hospitals, medical clinics, and correctional facilities, offer lump-sum fees to clinicians for providing contracted services. Some clinicians are providing telepsychiatry as direct-bill or concierge services, which require direct payment from the patient without any reimbursement from insurance.

Medicare Part B covers some telepsychiatry services, but only under certain conditions.28 Previously, reimbursement was limited to services provided to patients who live in rural areas. However, on November 1, 2019, eligibility for telehealth services for Medicare Advantage (MA) recipients was expanded to include patients in both urban and rural locations. Patients covered by MA also can receive telehealth services from their home, instead of having to drive to a Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services–qualified telehealth service center.

Continue to: Medicaid is the single...

 

 

Medicaid is the single largest payer for mental health services in the United States,29 and all Medicaid programs reimburse for some telepsychiatry services. As with all Medicaid health care, fees paid for telepsychiatry are state-specific. Since 2013, several state Medicaid programs, including New York,30 have expanded the list of eligible telehealth sites to include schools, thereby giving children virtual access to mental health clinicians.

Getting started

Clinicians who are interested in starting to provide treatment via telepsychiatry can begin by reviewing the American Psychiatric Association’s Telepsychiatry Toolkit at www.psychiatry.org/psychiatrists/practice/telepsychiatry/toolkit. This toolkit, which is being continually updated, features numerous training videos for clinicians new to telepsychiatry, such as Learning To Do Telemental Health (www.psychiatry.org/psychiatrists/practice/telepsychiatry/toolkit/learning-telemental-health) and The Credentialing Process (www.psychiatry.org/psychiatrists/practice/telepsychiatry/toolkit/credentialing-process). Before starting, also consider reviewing the steps listed in Table 2.

Telepsychiatry: 8 Steps to consider before starting

Bottom Line

Evidence suggests telepsychiatry can be beneficial for a wide range of patient populations and settings. Most patients accept its use, and some actually prefer it to face-to-face care. Telepsychiatry may be especially useful for patients who have limited access to psychiatric treatment, such as those who live in rural areas. Factors to consider before incorporating telepsychiatry into your practice include addressing various legal, technological, and financial requirements.

Related Resources

References

1. Spivak S, Spivak A, Cullen B, et al. Telepsychiatry use in U.S. mental health facilities, 2010-2017. Psychiatr Serv. 2019;71(2):appips201900261. doi: 10.1176/appi.ps.201900261.
2. Reliford A, Adebanjo B. Use of telepsychiatry in pediatric emergency room to decrease length of stay for psychiatric patients, improve resident on-call burden, and reduce factors related to physician burnout. Telemed J E Health. 2019;25(9):828-832.
3. Mathiasen K, Riper H, Andersen TE, et al. Guided internet-based cognitive behavioral therapy for adult depression and anxiety in routine secondary care: observational study. J Med Internet Res. 2018;20(11):e10927. doi: 10.2196/10927.
4. Waugh M, Calderone J, Brown Levey S, et al. Using telepsychiatry to enrich existing integrated primary care. Telemed J E Health. 2019;25(8):762-768.
5. Swanson CL, Trestman RL. Rural assertive community treatment and telepsychiatry. J Psychiatr Pract. 2018;24(4):269-273.
6. Gentry MT, Lapid MI, Rummans TA. Geriatric telepsychiatry: systematic review and policy considerations. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2019;27(2):109-127.
7. Christensen LF, Moller AM, Hansen JP, et al. Patients’ and providers’ experiences with video consultations used in the treatment of older patients with unipolar depression: a systematic review. J Psychiatr Ment Health Nurs. 2020;27(3):258-271.
8. Marcus S, Malas N, Dopp R, et al. The Michigan Child Collaborative Care program: building a telepsychiatry consultation service. Psychiatr Serv. 2019;70(9):849-852.
9. Kaye DL, Fornari V, Scharf M, et al. Description of a multi-university education and collaborative care child psychiatry access program: New York State’s CAP PC. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2017;48:32-36.
10. Larson JL, Rosen AB, Wilson FA. The effect of telehealth interventions on quality of life of cancer patients: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Telemed J E Health. 2018;24(6):397-405.
11. Peter L, Reindl R, Zauter S, et al. Effectiveness of an online CBT-I intervention and a face-to-face treatment for shift work sleep disorder: a comparison of sleep diary data. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2019;16(17):E3081. doi: 10.3390/ijerph16173081.
12. LaBelle B, Franklyn AM, Pkh Nguyen V, et al. Characterizing the use of telepsychiatry for patients with opioid use disorder and cooccurring mental health disorders in Ontario, Canada. Int J Telemed Appl. 2018;2018(3):1-7.
13. Fortney JC, Heagerty PJ, Bauer AM, et al. Study to promote innovation in rural integrated telepsychiatry (SPIRIT): rationale and design of a randomized comparative effectiveness trial of managing complex psychiatric disorders in rural primary care clinics. Contemp Clin Trials. 2020;90:105873. doi: 10.1016/j.cct.2019.105873.
14. Weiner S. Addressing the escalating psychiatrist shortage. AAMC. https://www.aamc.org/news-insights/addressing-escalating-psychiatrist-shortage. Published February 12, 2018. Accessed May 14, 2020.
15. American Psychiatric Association. What is telepsychiatry? https://www.psychiatry.org/patients-families/what-is-telepsychiatry. Published 2017. Accessed May 14, 2020.
16. Yilmaz SK, Horn BP, Fore C, et al. An economic cost analysis of an expanding, multi-state behavioural telehealth intervention. J Telemed Telecare. 2019;25(6):353-364.
17. Bashshur RL, Shannon GW, Bashshur N, et al. The empirical evidence for telemedicine interventions in mental disorders. Telemed J E Health. 2016;22(2):87-113.
18. Lopez A, Schwenk S, Schneck CD, et al. Technology-based mental health treatment and the impact on the therapeutic alliance. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2019;21(8):76.
19. Schubert NJ, Backman PJ, Bhatla R, et al. Telepsychiatry and patient-provider concordance. Can J Rural Med. 2019;24(3):75-82.
20. Hubley S, Lynch SB, Schneck C, et al. Review of key telepsychiatry outcomes. World J Psychiatry. 2016;6(2):269-282.
21. Mayworm AM, Lever N, Gloff N, et al. School-based telepsychiatry in an urban setting: efficiency and satisfaction with care. Telemed J E Health. 2020;26(4):446-454.
22. Christensen LF, Gildberg FA, Sibbersen C, et al. Videoconferences and treatment of depression: satisfaction score correlated with number of sessions attended but not with age [published online October 31, 2019]. Telemed J E Health. 2019. doi: 10.1089/tmj.2019.0129.
23. Christensen LF, Gildberg FA, Sibbersen C, et al. Disagreement in satisfaction between patients and providers in the use of videoconferences by depressed adults. Telemed J E Health. 2020;26(5):614-620.
24. Hantke N, Lajoy M, Gould CE, et al. Patient satisfaction with geriatric psychiatry services via video teleconference. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2020;28(4):491-494.
25. Goetter EM, Blackburn AM, Bui E, et al. Veterans’ prospective attitudes about mental health treatment using telehealth. J Psychosoc Nurs Ment Health Serv. 2019;57(9):38-43.
26. Vanderpool D. Top 10 myths about telepsychiatry. Innov Clin Neurosci. 2017;14(9-10):13-15.
27. Butterfield A. Telepsychiatric evaluation and consultation in emergency care settings. Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2018;27(3):467-478.
28. Medicare.gov. Telehealth. https://www.medicare.gov/coverage/telehealth. Accessed May 14, 2020.
29. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Behavioral Health Services. https://www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/benefits/bhs/index.html. Accessed May 14, 2020.
30. New York Pub Health Law §2999-cc (2017).

References

1. Spivak S, Spivak A, Cullen B, et al. Telepsychiatry use in U.S. mental health facilities, 2010-2017. Psychiatr Serv. 2019;71(2):appips201900261. doi: 10.1176/appi.ps.201900261.
2. Reliford A, Adebanjo B. Use of telepsychiatry in pediatric emergency room to decrease length of stay for psychiatric patients, improve resident on-call burden, and reduce factors related to physician burnout. Telemed J E Health. 2019;25(9):828-832.
3. Mathiasen K, Riper H, Andersen TE, et al. Guided internet-based cognitive behavioral therapy for adult depression and anxiety in routine secondary care: observational study. J Med Internet Res. 2018;20(11):e10927. doi: 10.2196/10927.
4. Waugh M, Calderone J, Brown Levey S, et al. Using telepsychiatry to enrich existing integrated primary care. Telemed J E Health. 2019;25(8):762-768.
5. Swanson CL, Trestman RL. Rural assertive community treatment and telepsychiatry. J Psychiatr Pract. 2018;24(4):269-273.
6. Gentry MT, Lapid MI, Rummans TA. Geriatric telepsychiatry: systematic review and policy considerations. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2019;27(2):109-127.
7. Christensen LF, Moller AM, Hansen JP, et al. Patients’ and providers’ experiences with video consultations used in the treatment of older patients with unipolar depression: a systematic review. J Psychiatr Ment Health Nurs. 2020;27(3):258-271.
8. Marcus S, Malas N, Dopp R, et al. The Michigan Child Collaborative Care program: building a telepsychiatry consultation service. Psychiatr Serv. 2019;70(9):849-852.
9. Kaye DL, Fornari V, Scharf M, et al. Description of a multi-university education and collaborative care child psychiatry access program: New York State’s CAP PC. Gen Hosp Psychiatry. 2017;48:32-36.
10. Larson JL, Rosen AB, Wilson FA. The effect of telehealth interventions on quality of life of cancer patients: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Telemed J E Health. 2018;24(6):397-405.
11. Peter L, Reindl R, Zauter S, et al. Effectiveness of an online CBT-I intervention and a face-to-face treatment for shift work sleep disorder: a comparison of sleep diary data. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2019;16(17):E3081. doi: 10.3390/ijerph16173081.
12. LaBelle B, Franklyn AM, Pkh Nguyen V, et al. Characterizing the use of telepsychiatry for patients with opioid use disorder and cooccurring mental health disorders in Ontario, Canada. Int J Telemed Appl. 2018;2018(3):1-7.
13. Fortney JC, Heagerty PJ, Bauer AM, et al. Study to promote innovation in rural integrated telepsychiatry (SPIRIT): rationale and design of a randomized comparative effectiveness trial of managing complex psychiatric disorders in rural primary care clinics. Contemp Clin Trials. 2020;90:105873. doi: 10.1016/j.cct.2019.105873.
14. Weiner S. Addressing the escalating psychiatrist shortage. AAMC. https://www.aamc.org/news-insights/addressing-escalating-psychiatrist-shortage. Published February 12, 2018. Accessed May 14, 2020.
15. American Psychiatric Association. What is telepsychiatry? https://www.psychiatry.org/patients-families/what-is-telepsychiatry. Published 2017. Accessed May 14, 2020.
16. Yilmaz SK, Horn BP, Fore C, et al. An economic cost analysis of an expanding, multi-state behavioural telehealth intervention. J Telemed Telecare. 2019;25(6):353-364.
17. Bashshur RL, Shannon GW, Bashshur N, et al. The empirical evidence for telemedicine interventions in mental disorders. Telemed J E Health. 2016;22(2):87-113.
18. Lopez A, Schwenk S, Schneck CD, et al. Technology-based mental health treatment and the impact on the therapeutic alliance. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2019;21(8):76.
19. Schubert NJ, Backman PJ, Bhatla R, et al. Telepsychiatry and patient-provider concordance. Can J Rural Med. 2019;24(3):75-82.
20. Hubley S, Lynch SB, Schneck C, et al. Review of key telepsychiatry outcomes. World J Psychiatry. 2016;6(2):269-282.
21. Mayworm AM, Lever N, Gloff N, et al. School-based telepsychiatry in an urban setting: efficiency and satisfaction with care. Telemed J E Health. 2020;26(4):446-454.
22. Christensen LF, Gildberg FA, Sibbersen C, et al. Videoconferences and treatment of depression: satisfaction score correlated with number of sessions attended but not with age [published online October 31, 2019]. Telemed J E Health. 2019. doi: 10.1089/tmj.2019.0129.
23. Christensen LF, Gildberg FA, Sibbersen C, et al. Disagreement in satisfaction between patients and providers in the use of videoconferences by depressed adults. Telemed J E Health. 2020;26(5):614-620.
24. Hantke N, Lajoy M, Gould CE, et al. Patient satisfaction with geriatric psychiatry services via video teleconference. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2020;28(4):491-494.
25. Goetter EM, Blackburn AM, Bui E, et al. Veterans’ prospective attitudes about mental health treatment using telehealth. J Psychosoc Nurs Ment Health Serv. 2019;57(9):38-43.
26. Vanderpool D. Top 10 myths about telepsychiatry. Innov Clin Neurosci. 2017;14(9-10):13-15.
27. Butterfield A. Telepsychiatric evaluation and consultation in emergency care settings. Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2018;27(3):467-478.
28. Medicare.gov. Telehealth. https://www.medicare.gov/coverage/telehealth. Accessed May 14, 2020.
29. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Behavioral Health Services. https://www.medicaid.gov/medicaid/benefits/bhs/index.html. Accessed May 14, 2020.
30. New York Pub Health Law §2999-cc (2017).

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 19(6)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 19(6)
Page Number
16-23
Page Number
16-23
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Telepsychiatry: What you need to know
Display Headline
Telepsychiatry: What you need to know
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Article PDF Media

Tardive dyskinesia: Screening and management

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 08/18/2021 - 15:21
Display Headline
Tardive dyskinesia: Screening and management

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Gupta is Clinical Professor, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, New York, and Clinical Professor, University at Buffalo, Buffalo, New York. He is a member of the Current Psychiatry Editorial Board.

Publications
Topics
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Gupta is Clinical Professor, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, New York, and Clinical Professor, University at Buffalo, Buffalo, New York. He is a member of the Current Psychiatry Editorial Board.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Gupta is Clinical Professor, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, New York, and Clinical Professor, University at Buffalo, Buffalo, New York. He is a member of the Current Psychiatry Editorial Board.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Tardive dyskinesia: Screening and management
Display Headline
Tardive dyskinesia: Screening and management
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Fri, 04/27/2018 - 09:45
Un-Gate On Date
Fri, 04/27/2018 - 09:45
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Fri, 04/27/2018 - 09:45
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article

Medical marijuana: Do the benefits outweigh the risks?

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:00
Display Headline
Medical marijuana: Do the benefits outweigh the risks?
 

There is a need for additional treatment options to improve symptoms, enhance the quality of life (QOL), and reduce suffering among patients who have chronic medical illness. Medical marijuana (MM) has the potential to help patients who have certain medical conditions in states where it is legal for prescription by a licensed medical provider.

Cannabis has a long history of medicinal use (Box 11-12). Two derivatives of the Cannabis plant—cannabinoid delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD)—are responsible for most of its effects. Some of these effects, including analgesia, decreased muscle spasticity, and reduced eye pressure, have been harnessed for their potential therapeutic effects (Box 213-19). As of November 2017, 29 states had legalized Cannabis for medical use, and several had legalized its recreational use.12

With the increasing availability of MM, psychiatrists are likely to encounter patients who are using it or who will ask them about it. This article reviews evidence related to using MM to treat patients with neuropathic pain; chemotherapyinduced nausea and vomiting (CINV); epilepsy; multiple sclerosis (MS); glaucoma; Crohn’s disease; Parkinson’s disease; amyotrophic lateral sclerosis; dementia-related behavioral disturbances; posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD); and anxiety.

 

 

Box 1 
Cannabis: A history of medicinal use


 

Cannabis has been cultivated since ancient times, beginning in China and India. The earliest reference of its use for healing purposes may have been in the Chinese Pharmacopeia, circa 1500 BC.1 In 1839, Dr. William Brooke O’Shaughnessy introduced Cannabis Indica, or “Indian hemp,” to the western world after a professorship in Calcutta, India.2 In the early 1840s, an English physician, Dr. John Clendinning, prescribed Cannabis for migraine headache.3 In the 19th and early 20th centuries, several prominent physicians advocated using Cannabis for migraines; Sir William Osler did so in his textbook, The principles and practice of medicine.4 It was listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia in 1850 but removed in 1942.5,6

Until 1937, Cannabis was used in the United States for medicinal purposes, such as for treating inflamed skin, incontinence, and sexually transmitted diseases.7 In 1937, the Marihuana Tax Act, which prohibited the production, importation, possession, use, and dispersal of Cannabis, was passed.8Cannabis became a Schedule I drug under the Controlled Substance Act of 1970.9

In 1999, based on available evidence, the Institute of Medicine (IOM) concluded Cannabis had less likelihood of dependence than benzodiazepines, opiates, cocaine, or nicotine. The IOM also concluded that the symptoms of withdrawal were mild in comparison with benzodiazepines or opiates. Finally, the IOM stated that Cannabis was not a “gateway” drug.10

In 1996, California was the first state to reimplement medicinal use of Cannabis under the Compassionate Use Act, also known as Proposition 215.11 This act allowed individuals to retain or produce Cannabis for personal consumption with a physician’s approval. Many states eventually followed California’s lead. As of November 2017, 29 states, the District of Columbia, Guam, and Puerto Rico had regulated Cannabis use for medical purposes,12 and recreational use had been approved in 7 states and the District of Columbia.


Medical illnesses

Neuropathic pain. Chronic neuropathic pain affects an estimated 7% to 8% of adults.20 Patients with neuropathic pain are often treated with anticonvulsants, anti­depressants, opioids, and local anesthetics21; however, these medications may not provide substantial relief. Research has revealed that THC and CBD can improve central and peripheral neuropathic pain, as well as pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis and fibromyalgia.22

Wilsey et al23 evaluated the analgesic effects of smoked MM for neuropathic pain in a small (N = 38) double-blind, randomized controlled trial (RCT). Patients in this study had a preexisting diagnosis of complex regional pain syndrome, spinal cord injury, peripheral neuropathy, or nerve injury. To prevent any unforeseen adverse outcomes related to Cannabis use, participants were required to have previous exposure to Cannabis. Patients were excluded if they had major mental illness, substance abuse, or other major medical ailments.

Participants smoked high-dose Cannabis cigarettes (7% THC), low-dose Cannabis cigarettes (3.5% THC), or placebo cigarettes. Pain was measured on a visual analog scale (VAS) that ranged from 0 (no pain) to 100 (worst possible pain). Compared with the placebo group, significant analgesia was achieved in both Cannabis groups (P = .016). The high-dose group had greater neurocognitive impairment.

 

 

 

 

Ware et al24 conducted a crossover RCT (N = 23) to determine the efficacy of smoked MM for neuropathic pain. Participants had neuropathic pain for at least 3 months that was caused by trauma or surgery, with an average weekly pain intensity score >4 on scale of 0 to 10. Patients with pain due to cancer, nociceptive causes, unstable medical conditions, current substance abuse, history of a psychotic disorder, or suicidal ideation were excluded. Participants were assigned to a 9.4% THC group or a 0% THC group. Pain intensity was evaluated daily via telephone. Participants in the 9.4% THC group had statistically lower pain intensity compared with the 0% THC group (P = .023). Common adverse effects reported by those in the 9.4% group included headache, dry eyes, burning sensation, dizziness, numbness, and cough.

Box 2
The effects of Cannabis


Marijuana is harvested from the plant Cannabis sativa and composed of 400 lipophilic chemical compounds, including phytocannabinoids, terpenoids, and flavonoids.13 The plant contains compounds termed “cannabinoids.” Two of these derivatives in particular are responsible for most of the effects of marijuana: cannabinoid delta-9- tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD). THC has a comparable structure and binding mechanism to anandamide, a naturally occurring fatty acid neurotransmitter present within the human brain.14-16 The endogenous endocannabinoid system and its receptors are found throughout the entire body (brain, organs, glands, immune cells, and connective tissues).

THC binds to cannabinoid receptors CB1 and CB2. CB1 is found predominantly in the CNS. CB2 is found predominantly outside the CNS and is associated with the immune system.14-16 The effects of THC include euphoria, relaxation, appetite stimulation, improvement of nausea and vomiting, analgesia, decreased muscle spasticity, and reduced eye pressure.14,15 CBD may have anxiolytic, antipsychotic, anticonvulsive, and analgesic effects.

The rate of absorption of THC and CBD depends both on the potency of the cannabinoid as well as the mechanism of consumption. Cannabis can be administered by multiple routes, including via smoking, oral ingestion, or IV.16 When Cannabis is smoked (the route for the most rapid delivery), THC is transported from the lungs to the bloodstream and reaches peak concentrations in 3 to 10 minutes. Oral ingestion (capsules, tinctures, sprays, and edibles) has a more flexible onset of action, usually occurring in 30 to 120 minutes, with effects lasting 5 to 6 hours. IV administration has rapid effects; the onset can occur within seconds to minutes, and effects can last 2 to 3 hours. The IV form allows 90% of THC to be distributed in plasma and can rapidly penetrate highly vascularized tissues, such as the liver, heart, fat, lungs, and muscles.

Pharmaceutical manufacturers have used cannabinoid derivatives to produce Cannabis-based medications for treating medical conditions. Nabilone, a potent agonist of the CB1 receptor, became available as a Schedule II medication in 1981 and was approved for patients with chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting (CINV).17 In 1985, dronabinol was introduced as an antiemetic for CINV as well as an appetite stimulant for patients with conditions associated with excessive weight loss.18 Another option, nabiximols, is an oral mucosal spray that consists of THC and CBD in a 1:1 ratio.19 Nabiximols is approved in Canada for pain relief in end-stage cancer patients and pain associated with multiple sclerosis.19



In an RCT of vaporized Cannabis, 39 patients with a diagnosis of complex regional pain syndrome, thalamic pain, spinal cord injury, peripheral neuropathy, radiculopathy, or nerve injury were assigned to a medium-dose (3.53% THC), low-dose (1.29% THC), or placebo group.25 Serious mental illness, substance abuse, and medical conditions were cause for exclusion. Participants received vaporized marijuana (average 8 to 12 puffs per visit) over 3 sessions. A 30% pain reduction was achieved by 26% of those in the placebo group, 57% of those in the low-dose group, and 61% of individuals in the high-dose group; the difference between placebo and each Cannabis group was statistically significant.

Chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting. Up to 80% of patients who receive chemotherapy experience CINV, which occurs from 24 hours to 7 days after receiving such therapy.26 CINV negatively influences a patient’s QOL and may impact the decision to continue with chemotherapy. Use of MM can help to diminish vomiting by binding to central CB1 receptors and averting the proemetic effects of dopamine and serotonin.27 Two synthetically derived cannabinoids, dronabinol and nabilone, are FDA-approved for treating CINV.

In a small (N = 64) parallel-group RCT, Meiri et al27 compared dronabinol with the commonly used antiemetic ondansetron and with a combination of dronabinol and ondansetron for treating CINV in adults. The primary outcome was prevention of delayed-onset CINV. Patients were eligible for this study if they had a malignancy that did not involve bone marrow, were receiving treatment with a moderately to highly emetogenic regimen, were not pregnant, and had an estimated life expectancy of at least 6 weeks after chemotherapy. The patients were randomized to 1 of 4 treatment groups: dronabinol alone, ondansetron alone, dronabinol plus ondansetron, or placebo. Overall, 47% to 58% of the active treatment groups improved, compared with 20% of the placebo group. Combination therapy did not provide any benefit beyond any single agent alone. All active treatments reduced nausea compared with placebo; there was no difference between active treatment groups. This study was limited by low enrollment.

Tramèr et al28 conducted a systematic review of 30 randomized comparisons of MM with placebo or antiemetics. The reviewed studies were completed between 1975 to 1997 and analyzed a total of 1,366 patients. Nabilone was evaluated in 16 trials; dronabinol was utilized in 13 trials; and IM levonantradol, a synthetic cannabinoid analog of dronabinol, was used in 1 trial. These agents were found to be more effective as an antiemetic compared with prochlorperazine, metoclopramide, chlorpromazine, thiethyl­perazine, haloperidol, domperidone, or alizapride. In addition, 38% to 90% of patients in these studies preferred MM over the traditional antiemetics.

A Cochrane review29 suggested that MM may be a viable option for treatment-resistant CINV; however, further studies are needed because current studies have methodological limitations.

Epilepsy. Maa and Figi30 reported a case of a 5-year-old girl who had Dravet syndrome, which resulted in 50 generalized tonic-clonic seizures daily; multiple anticonvulsants did not alleviate these seizures. Because of her recurring seizures, the patient had multiple cognitive and motor delays and needed a feeding tube. In addition to her existing antiepileptic drug regimen, she was started on adjunctive therapy with a sublingual Cannabis extract containing a high concentration of CBD. Her seizures decreased from 50 per day to 2 to 3 nocturnal convulsions per month. The treatment enabled her to stop using a feeding tube, resume walking and talking, and sleep soundly.

dos Santos et al31 reviewed studies of MM for treating epilepsy. One was a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial that included 15 patients ages 14 to 49 who had secondary generalized epilepsy with a temporal lobe focus. Eight patients received 200 to 300 mg/d of oral CBD for 8 to 18 weeks, and 7 received placebo. Seven patients had fewer seizures and 4 had no seizures. Only 1 patient in the placebo group demonstrated any improvement. Another study in this review included 19 children with treatment-resistant epilepsy: Dravet syndrome (n = 13), Doose syndrome (n = 4), Lennox-Gastaut syndrome (n = 1), or idiopathic epilepsy (n = 1). These patients experienced various types of seizures with a frequency ranging from 2 per week to 250 per day. Overall, 84% of children treated with CBD had fewer seizures: 11% were seizure-free, 42% had a >80% reduction in seizures, and 32% had a 25% to 60% reduction in seizures. Parents also noted additional benefits, including increased attention, improved mood, and improved sleep. CBD was well tolerated in most patients in both studies.

Despite these results, a Cochrane review32 found that no reliable conclusions can be drawn regarding the efficacy of MM for treating epilepsy.

 

 

 

Multiple sclerosis. According to American Academy of Neurology guidelines, physicians may provide MM as an alternative treatment for patients with MS-related spasticity.33 Multiple studies have tested MM and MM-related extracts for treating spasticity related to MS.34,35 In a placebo-controlled crossover study, Corey-Bloom et al34 reported a significant reduction in spasticity, measured using the modified Ashworth scale, in MS patients receiving Cannabis cigarettes vs placebo cigarettes (P < .0001). However, compared with the placebo group, patients who received MM had significant adverse effects, primarily cognitive impairment (P = .003).

In a multicenter RCT (N = 572 patients with refractory MS spasticity), Novotna et al36 evaluated nabiximols, an oral mucosal spray of a formulated extract of Cannabis that contains THC and CBD in a 1:1 ratio. They assessed spasticity using the Numerical Spasticity Rating Scale (NRS). Results were confirmed by measuring the number of daily spasms, self-report of sleep quality, and activities of daily living. After 4 weeks of single-blind treatment, patients who responded to nabiximols (≥20% improvement in spasticity) were randomized to a placebo group or nabiximols group for 12 additional weeks. After 12 weeks, compared with those who received placebo, those in the nabiximols group experienced a statistically significant reduction in spasticity based on NRS score (P = .0002).
 

For a summary of evidence on MM for treating glaucoma, Crohn’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, see Box 3.37-43

Box 3
Cannabis for treating glaucoma, Crohn’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis


Glaucoma. In a placebo-controlled study, oromucosal administration of medical marijuana (MM) reduced intraocular pressure from 28 mm Hg to 22 mm Hg, with a duration of action of 3.5 hours.37However, the American Academy of Ophthalmologists does not recommend treating glaucoma with MM because the effect is short-lasting, and MM causes significant cognitive impairment compared with other standardized treatments.38 MM also leads to decreased blood pressure, which lowers blood flow to the optic nerve, thus increasing the risk of blindness.

Crohn’s disease. A randomized controlled trial (RCT) of MM for Crohn’s disease was conducted using the Crohn’s Disease Activity Index (CDAI) to assess for remission. In this 8-week study,21 individuals with Crohn’s disease were administered smoked MM (115 mg of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol [THC]) or placebo.39 Eligible patients were at least 20 years old, had active Crohn’s disease (CDAI >200), and had not responded to medical treatment for the illness. Compared with those who received placebo, patients who received MM experienced a statistically significant reduction in CDAI scores (P < .05). However, at follow-up 2 weeks after the study, when MM was no longer administered, there was no difference in mean CDAI scores between the 2 groups. Five of the 11 patients in the MM group achieved clinical remission, compared with 1 of 10 in the placebo group, but this difference was not statistically significant.

Parkinson’s disease (PD). According to the American Academy of Neurology, oral Cannabis extracts are “probably ineffective” for levodopa-induced dyskinesia in patients with PD.40 Reported benefits have come mainly from self-report studies. A 2014 survey (22 patients) found a significant reduction in PD symptoms—mainly relief from drug-induced tremor and pain—when measured using the Unified Parkinson’s Disease Rating Scale (UPDRS). Patients also reported better sleep and reduced pain (measured with a visual analog scale [VAS]). An exploratory double-blind placebo trial (N = 119) found no difference in mean UPDRS and no difference in any neuroprotective measures.41 However, the experimental group had a significantly higher quality of life (QOL; P = .05). A similar double-blind crossover study that included 19 patients found no significant difference in dyskinesia, as measured with the UPDRS, in the group receiving oral Cannabis extract compared with the placebo group.42

Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS). A randomized double-blind crossover trial of 27 ALS patients found that an oral THC extract (dronabinol, 5 mg, twice daily) had no significant effects on spasticity, as measured with the VAS.43 There was also no significant difference between the experimental and placebo groups on number of spasms (also measured with a VAS), quality of sleep (measured with the Sleep Disorders Questionnaire), or QOL (measured with the Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis Assessment questionnaire).


 

Psychiatric illnesses

Dementia-related behavioral disturbances. A few clinical trials with small sample sizes have found evidence supporting the use of MM compounds for alleviating neuropsychiatric symptoms of patients with dementia. An open-label pilot study of 6 individuals with late-stage dementia who received dronabinol, 2.5 mg/d, for 2 weeks, found a significant reduction (compared with baseline) in nighttime motor activity as measured with an actometer (P < .0028).44 The secondary Neuropsychiatric Inventory (NPI) assessment found reductions in aberrant motor behavior (P = .042), agitation (P = .042), and nighttime behaviors (P = .42).

A 2014 retrospective analysis of 40 inpatients with dementia-related agitation and appetite loss who were treated with dronabinol (mean dosage: 7.03 mg/d) found reductions in all aspects of agitation, including aberrant vocalization, motor agitation, aggressiveness, and treatment resistance, as measured with the Pittsburgh Agitation Scale (P < .0001).45 The study found no significant improvements in appetite, Global Assessment of Functioning mean score, or number of times patients awoke during the night. Adverse effects included sedation and delirium.

A RCT of 50 dementia patients with clinically relevant neuropsychiatric symptoms found no significant difference in mean NPI scores between patients given placebo and those who received nabiximols, 1.5 mg, 3 times daily.46 There were no significant differences found in agitation, QOL, life activities, or caregiver-scored Caregiver Global Impression of Change scale.

In a small RCT, THC was safe and well tolerated in 10 older patients with dementia.47 A 2009 Cochrane review48 concluded that there was no evidence for the efficacy of MM in treating the neuropsychiatric symptoms related to dementia.

PTSD. Preclinical evidence shows that the endocannabinoid system is involved in regulating emotional memory. Evidence also suggests that cannabinoids may facilitate the extinction of aversive memories.49,50

In 2009, New Mexico became the first state to authorize the use of MM for patients with PTSD. In a study of patients applying for the New Mexico Medical Cannabis Program, researchers used the Clinician Administered Posttraumatic Scale (CAPS) to assess PTSD symptoms.51 A retrospective chart review of the first 80 patients eval­uated found significant (P < .0001) reductions of several PTSD symptoms, including intrusive memories, distressing dreams, flashbacks, numbing and avoidance, and hyperarousal, in the group using MM vs those not using MM. There also was a significant difference in CAPS total score (P < .0001). Patients reported a 75% reduction in PTSD symptoms while using MM. This study has several limitations: It was a retrospective review, not an RCT, and patients were prescreened and knew before the study began that MM helped their PTSD symptoms.

In another retrospective study, researchers evaluated treatment with nabilone, 0.5 to 6 mg/d, in 104 incarcerated men with various major mental illnesses; most (91%) met criteria for Cannabis dependence.52 They found significant improvements in sleep and PTSD symptoms.

A double-blind RCT evaluated MM in 10 Canadian male soldiers with PTSD who experienced nightmares despite standard medication treatment. Adjunctive nabilone (maximum dose: 3 mg/d) resulted in a reduction in nightmares as measured by the CAPS recurrent distressing dream of the event item score.53

Currently, there are no adequately powered RCTs of MM in a diverse group of PTSD patients. Most studies are open-label, enriched design, and included white male veterans. No well-conducted trials have evaluated patients with noncombat-related PTSD. Most of the relevant literature consists of case reports of Cannabis use by patients with PTSD.

Anxiety disorders.Patients frequently indicate that smoking Cannabis helps relieve their anxiety, although there is no replicated evidence based on double-blind RCTs to support this. However, in rat models CBD has been shown to facilitate extinction of conditioned fear via the endocannabinoid system.54-56 The mechanism of action is not completely understood. CBD has been shown to have antagonistic action at CB1 and CB2 receptors. It may have similar effects on memory extinction and may be an adjunct to exposure therapies for anxiety disorders.

Das et al57 studied the effects of CBD (32 mg) on extinction and consolidation of memory related to contextual fear in 48 individuals. They found that CBD can enhance extinction learning, and suggested it may have potential as an adjunct to extinction-based therapies for anxiety disorders.

Caveats: Adverse effects, lack of RCTs

Cannabis use causes impairment of learning, memory, attention, and working memory. Adolescents are particularly vulnerable to the effects of Cannabis on brain development at a time when synaptic pruning and increased myelination occur. Normal brain development could be disrupted. Some studies have linked Cannabis use to abnormalities in the amygdala, hippocampus, frontal lobe, and cerebellum. From 1995 to 2014, the potency of Cannabis (THC concentration) increased from 4% to 12%.58 This has substantial implications for increased abuse among adolescents and the deleterious effects of Cannabis on the brain.

Heavy Cannabis use impairs motivation and could precipitate psychosis in vulnerable individuals. Cannabis use may be linked to the development of schizophrenia.59

There are no well-conducted RCTs on the efficacy of MM, and adequate safety data are lacking. There is also lack of consensus among qualified experts. There is soft evidence that MM may be helpful in some medical conditions, including but not limited to CINV, neuropathic pain, epilepsy, and MS-related spasticity. Currently, the benefits of using MM do not appear to outweigh the risks.

 

Bottom Line

Limited evidence suggests medical marijuana (MM) may be beneficial for treating a few medical conditions, including neuropathic pain and chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting. There is no clear and convincing evidence MM is beneficial for psychiatric disorders, and Cannabis can impair cognition and attention and may precipitate psychosis. The risk of deleterious effects are greater in adolescents.

Related Resources

  • Nguyen DH, Thant TM. Caring for medical marijuana patients who request controlled prescriptions. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(8):50-51.
  • National Institute on Drug Abuse. Marijuana as medicine. https://www.drugabuse.gov/publications/drugfacts/ marijuana-medicine.

Drug Brand Names

Alizapride • Litican, Superan
Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
Domperidone • Motilium
Dronabinol • Marinol, Syndros
Haloperidol • Haldol
Metoclopramide • Reglan
Nabilone • Cesamet
Nabiximols • Sativex
Ondansetron • Zofran, Zuplenz
Prochlorperazine • Compazine
Thiethylperazine • Torecan

References

1. National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA). Marijuana Research Findings 1976. NIDA research monograph 14. https://archives.drugabuse.gov/sites/default/files/monograph14.pdf. Published July 1977. Accessed November 15, 2017.
2. O’Shaughnessy WB. On the preparations of the Indian hemp, or gunjah- cannabis indica their effects on the animal system in health, and their utility in the treatment of tetanus and other convulsive diseases. Prov Med J Retrosp Med Sci. 1843;5(123):363-369.
3. Clendinning J. Observations on the medical properties of the Cannabis Sativa of India. Med Chir Trans. 1843;26:188-210.
4. Osler W, McCrae T. The principles and practice of medicine. 9th ed. New York, NY: D. Appleton and Company; 1921.
5. The pharmacopoeia of the United States of America. 3rd ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott; 1851.
6. The pharmacopoeia of the United States of America. 12th ed. Easton, PA: Mack Printing Company; 1942.
7. Philipsen N, Butler RD, Simon C, et al. Medical marijuana: a primer on ethics, evidence, and politics. Journal Nurse Pract. 2014;10(9):633-640.
8. Marihuana Tax Act of 1937, Pub L No. 75-238, 75th Cong, 50 Stat 551 (1937).
9. Controlled Substances Act, 21 USC §812.
10. Watson SJ, Benson JA, Joy JE, eds. Marijuana and medicine: assessing the science base. Washington, DC: National Academy Press; 1999.
11. California Proposition 215, the medical marijuana initiative (1996). https://ballotpedia.org/California_Proposition_215,_the_Medical_Marijuana_Initiative_(1996). Accessed November 16, 2017.
12. National Conference of State Legislatures. State medical marijuana laws. http://www.ncsl.org/research/health/state-medical-marijuana-laws.aspx. Updated September 14, 2017. Accessed November 16, 2017.
13. Russo EB. Taming THC: potential cannabis synergy and phytocannabinoid-terpenoid entourage effects. Br J Pharmacol. 2011;163(7):1344-1364.
14. Alger BE. Getting high on the endocannabinoid system. Cerebrum. 2013:14. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3997295. Accessed December 5, 2017.
15. Galal AM, Slade D, Gul W, et al. Naturally occurring and related synthetic cannabinoids and their potential therapeutic applications. Recent Pat CNS Drug Discov. 2009;4(2):112-136.
16. Huestis MA. Human cannabinoid pharmacokinetics. Chem Biodivers. 2007;4(8):1770-1804.
17. Cesamet [package insert]. Somerset, NJ: Meda Pharmaceuticals; 2013.
18. Marinol [package insert]. Chicago, IL: AbbVie Inc.; 2017.
19. Sativex [package insert]. Mississauga, Ontario: Bayer Inc.; 2015.
20. Torrance N, Ferguson JA, Afolabi E, et al. Neuropathic pain in the community: more under-treated than refractory? Pain. 2013;154(5):690-699.
21. Finnerup NB, Attal N, Haroutounian S, et al. Pharmacotherapy for neuropathic pain in adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Lancet Neurol. 2015;14(2):162-173.
22. Whiting PF, Wolff RF, Deshpande S, et al. Cannabinoids for medical use: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA. 2015;313(24):2456-2473.
23. Wilsey B, Marcotte, T, Tsodikov A, et al. A randomized, placebo-controlled, crossover trial of cannabis cigarettes in neuropathic pain. J Pain. 2008;9(6):506-521.
24. Ware MA, Wang T, Shapiro S, et al. Smoked cannabis for chronic neuropathic pain: a randomized controlled trial. CMAJ. 2010;182(14):E694-E701.
25. Wilsey B, Marcotte T, Deutsch R, et al. Low-dose vaporized cannabis significantly improves neuropathic pain. J Pain. 2013;14(2):136-148.
26. National Cancer Institute. Treatment-related nausea and vomiting (PDQ®)-health professional version. https://www.cancer.gov/about-cancer/treatment/side-effects/nausea/nausea-hp-pdq. Updated May 10, 2017. Accessed November 7, 2017.
27. Meiri E, Jhangiani H, Vrendenburgh JJ, et al. Efficacy of dronabinol alone and in combination with ondansetron versus ondansetron alone for delayed chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting. Curr Med Res Opin. 2007;23(3):533-543.
28. Tramèr MR, Carroll D, Campbell FA, et al. Cannabinoids for control of chemotherapy induced nausea and vomiting: quantitative systematic review. BMJ. 2001;323(7303):16-21.
29. Smith LA, Azariah F, Lavender VT, et al. Cannabinoids for nausea and vomiting in adults with cancer receiving chemotherapy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(11):CD009464.
30. Maa E, Figi P. The case for medical marijuana in epilepsy. Epilepsia. 2014;55(6):783-786.
31. dos Santos RG, Hallak JE, Leite JP, et al. Phytocannabinoids and epilepsy. J Clin Pharm Ther. 2015;40(2):135-143.
32. Gloss D, Vickrey B. Cannabinoids for epilepsy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(3):CD009270.
33. Yadav V, Bever C Jr, Bowen J, et al. Summary of evidence-based guideline: complementary and alternative medicine in multiple sclerosis: report of the guideline development subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology. 2014;82(12):1083-1092.
34. Corey-Bloom J, Wolfson T, Gamst A, et al. Smoked cannabis for spasticity in multiple sclerosis: a randomized, placebo-controlled trial. CMAJ. 2012;184(10):1143-1150.
35. Zajicek J, Ball S, Wright D, et al; CUPID investigator group. Effect of dronabinol on progression in progressive multiple sclerosis (CUPID): a randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Neurol. 2013;12(9):857-865.
36. Novotna A, Mares J, Ratcliffe S, et al; Sativex Spasticity Study Group. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, enriched-design study of nabiximols* (Sativex(®)), as add-on therapy, in subjects with refractory spasticity caused by multiple sclerosis. Eur J Neurol. 2011;18(9):1122-1131.
37. Merritt JC, Crawford WJ, Alexander PC, et al. Effect of marihuana on intraocular and blood pressure in glaucoma. Ophthalmology. 1980;87(3):222-228.
38. American Academy of Ophthalmology. American Academy of Ophthalmology reiterates position that marijuana is not a proven treatment for glaucoma. https://www.aao.org/newsroom/news-releases/detail/american-academy-of-ophthalmology-reiterates-posit. Published June 27, 2014. Accessed May 29, 2017.
39. Naftali T, Bar-Lev Schleider L, Dotan I, et al. Cannabis induces a clinical response in patients with Crohn’s disease: a prospective placebo-controlled study. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2013;11(10):1276.e1-1280.e1.
40. Koppel BS Brust JC, Fife T, et al. Systematic review: efficacy and safety of medical marijuana in certain neurological disorders. Report of the Guideline Development Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology. 2014;82(17):1556-1563.
41. Chagas MH, Zuardi AW, Tumas V, et al. Effects of cannabidiol in the treatment of patients with Parkinson’s disease: an exploratory double-blind trial. J Psychopharmacol. 2014;28(11):1088-1098.
42. Carroll CB, Bain PG, Teare L, et al. Cannabis for dyskinesia in Parkinson disease: a randomized double-blind crossover study. Neurology. 2004;63(7):1245-1250.
43. Weber M, Goldman B, Truniger S. Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) for cramps in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis: a randomised, double-blind crossover trial. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2010;81(10):1135-1140.
44. Walther S, Mahlberg R, Eichmann U, et al. Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol for nighttime agitation in severe dementia. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 2006;185(4):524-528.
45. Woodward MR, Harper DG, Stolyar A, et al. Dronabinol for the treatment of agitation and aggressive behavior in acutely hospitalized severely demented patients with noncognitive behavioral symptoms. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2014;22(4):415-419.
46. van den Elsen GA, Ahmed A, Verkes RJ, et al. Tetrahydrocannabinol for neuropsychiatric symptoms in dementia: a randomized controlled trial. Neurology. 2015;84(23):2338-2346.
47. Ahmed AI, van den Elsen GA, Colbers A, et al. Safety, pharmacodynamics, and pharmacokinetics of multiple oral doses of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol in older persons with dementia. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 2015;232(14):25872595.
48. Krishnan S, Cairns R, Howard R. Cannabinoids for the treatment of dementia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(2):CD007204.
49. de Bitencourt RM, Pamplona FA, Takahashi RN. A current overview of cannabinoids and glucocorticoids in facilitating extinction of aversive memories: potential extinction enhancers. Neuropharmacology. 2013;64:389-395.
50. Fraser GA. The use of a synthetic cannabinoid in the management of treatment-resistant nightmares in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). CNS Neurosci Ther. 2009;15(1):84-88.
51. Greer GR, Grob CS, Halberstadt AL. PTSD symptom reports of patients evaluated for the New Mexico Medical Cannabis Program. J Psychoactive Drugs. 2014;46(1):73-77.
52. Cameron C, Watson D, Robinson J. Use of a synthetic cannabinoid in a correctional population for posttraumatic stress disorder-related insomnia and nightmares, chronic pain, harm reduction, and other indications: a retrospective evaluation. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2014;34(5):559-564.
53. Jetly R, Heber A, Fraser G, et al. The efficacy of nabilone, a synthetic cannabinoid, in the treatment of PTSD-associated nightmares: a preliminary randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled cross-over design study. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 2015;51:585-588.
54. Bitencourt RM, Pamplona FA, Takahashi RN. Facilitation of contextual fear, memory extinction, and anti-anxiogenic effects of AM404 and cannabidiol in conditioned rats. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2008;18(12):849-859.
55. Pertwee RG. The diverse CB1 and CB2 receptor pharmacology of three plant cannabinoids: delta-tetrahydrocannabinol, cannabidiol and delta9-tetrahydrocannabivarin. Br J Pharmacol. 2008;153(2):199-215.
56. Thomas A, Baillie GL, Phillips AM, et al. Cannabidiol displays unexpectedly high potency as an antagonist of CB1 and CB2 receptor agonists in vitro. Br J Pharmacol. 2007;150(5):613-623.
57. Das RK, Kamboj SK, Ramadas M, et al. Cannabidiol enhances consolidation of explicit fear extinction in humans. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 2013;226(4):781-792.
58. ElSohly MA, Mehmedic Z, Foster S, et al. Changes in cannabis potency over the last 2 decades (1995-2014): analysis of current data in the United States. Biol Psychiatry. 2016;79(7):613-619.
59. Volkow ND, Swanson JM, Evins AE, et al. Effects of cannabis use on human behavior, including cognition, motivation, and psychosis: a review. JAMA Psychiatry. 2016;73(3):292297.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Sheila Gupta
University at Buffalo
School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, Biochemistry
Buffalo, New York

Tiffany Phalen, PA-C
Physician Assistant
Buffalo Medical Group
Buffalo, New York

Sanjay Gupta, MD
Chief Medical Officer
BryLin Hospital
Buffalo, New York
Clinical Professor
Department of Psychiatry
School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences
University at Buffalo
Buffalo, New York
Clinical Professor
SUNY Upstate Medical University
Syracuse, New York
Consulting Psychiatrist
DENT Neurological Institute
Amherst, New York
Member, Current Psychiatry Editorial Board

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Issue
January 2018
Publications
Page Number
34-41
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Sheila Gupta
University at Buffalo
School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, Biochemistry
Buffalo, New York

Tiffany Phalen, PA-C
Physician Assistant
Buffalo Medical Group
Buffalo, New York

Sanjay Gupta, MD
Chief Medical Officer
BryLin Hospital
Buffalo, New York
Clinical Professor
Department of Psychiatry
School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences
University at Buffalo
Buffalo, New York
Clinical Professor
SUNY Upstate Medical University
Syracuse, New York
Consulting Psychiatrist
DENT Neurological Institute
Amherst, New York
Member, Current Psychiatry Editorial Board

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Author and Disclosure Information

Sheila Gupta
University at Buffalo
School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, Biochemistry
Buffalo, New York

Tiffany Phalen, PA-C
Physician Assistant
Buffalo Medical Group
Buffalo, New York

Sanjay Gupta, MD
Chief Medical Officer
BryLin Hospital
Buffalo, New York
Clinical Professor
Department of Psychiatry
School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences
University at Buffalo
Buffalo, New York
Clinical Professor
SUNY Upstate Medical University
Syracuse, New York
Consulting Psychiatrist
DENT Neurological Institute
Amherst, New York
Member, Current Psychiatry Editorial Board

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Article PDF
Article PDF
 

There is a need for additional treatment options to improve symptoms, enhance the quality of life (QOL), and reduce suffering among patients who have chronic medical illness. Medical marijuana (MM) has the potential to help patients who have certain medical conditions in states where it is legal for prescription by a licensed medical provider.

Cannabis has a long history of medicinal use (Box 11-12). Two derivatives of the Cannabis plant—cannabinoid delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD)—are responsible for most of its effects. Some of these effects, including analgesia, decreased muscle spasticity, and reduced eye pressure, have been harnessed for their potential therapeutic effects (Box 213-19). As of November 2017, 29 states had legalized Cannabis for medical use, and several had legalized its recreational use.12

With the increasing availability of MM, psychiatrists are likely to encounter patients who are using it or who will ask them about it. This article reviews evidence related to using MM to treat patients with neuropathic pain; chemotherapyinduced nausea and vomiting (CINV); epilepsy; multiple sclerosis (MS); glaucoma; Crohn’s disease; Parkinson’s disease; amyotrophic lateral sclerosis; dementia-related behavioral disturbances; posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD); and anxiety.

 

 

Box 1 
Cannabis: A history of medicinal use


 

Cannabis has been cultivated since ancient times, beginning in China and India. The earliest reference of its use for healing purposes may have been in the Chinese Pharmacopeia, circa 1500 BC.1 In 1839, Dr. William Brooke O’Shaughnessy introduced Cannabis Indica, or “Indian hemp,” to the western world after a professorship in Calcutta, India.2 In the early 1840s, an English physician, Dr. John Clendinning, prescribed Cannabis for migraine headache.3 In the 19th and early 20th centuries, several prominent physicians advocated using Cannabis for migraines; Sir William Osler did so in his textbook, The principles and practice of medicine.4 It was listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia in 1850 but removed in 1942.5,6

Until 1937, Cannabis was used in the United States for medicinal purposes, such as for treating inflamed skin, incontinence, and sexually transmitted diseases.7 In 1937, the Marihuana Tax Act, which prohibited the production, importation, possession, use, and dispersal of Cannabis, was passed.8Cannabis became a Schedule I drug under the Controlled Substance Act of 1970.9

In 1999, based on available evidence, the Institute of Medicine (IOM) concluded Cannabis had less likelihood of dependence than benzodiazepines, opiates, cocaine, or nicotine. The IOM also concluded that the symptoms of withdrawal were mild in comparison with benzodiazepines or opiates. Finally, the IOM stated that Cannabis was not a “gateway” drug.10

In 1996, California was the first state to reimplement medicinal use of Cannabis under the Compassionate Use Act, also known as Proposition 215.11 This act allowed individuals to retain or produce Cannabis for personal consumption with a physician’s approval. Many states eventually followed California’s lead. As of November 2017, 29 states, the District of Columbia, Guam, and Puerto Rico had regulated Cannabis use for medical purposes,12 and recreational use had been approved in 7 states and the District of Columbia.


Medical illnesses

Neuropathic pain. Chronic neuropathic pain affects an estimated 7% to 8% of adults.20 Patients with neuropathic pain are often treated with anticonvulsants, anti­depressants, opioids, and local anesthetics21; however, these medications may not provide substantial relief. Research has revealed that THC and CBD can improve central and peripheral neuropathic pain, as well as pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis and fibromyalgia.22

Wilsey et al23 evaluated the analgesic effects of smoked MM for neuropathic pain in a small (N = 38) double-blind, randomized controlled trial (RCT). Patients in this study had a preexisting diagnosis of complex regional pain syndrome, spinal cord injury, peripheral neuropathy, or nerve injury. To prevent any unforeseen adverse outcomes related to Cannabis use, participants were required to have previous exposure to Cannabis. Patients were excluded if they had major mental illness, substance abuse, or other major medical ailments.

Participants smoked high-dose Cannabis cigarettes (7% THC), low-dose Cannabis cigarettes (3.5% THC), or placebo cigarettes. Pain was measured on a visual analog scale (VAS) that ranged from 0 (no pain) to 100 (worst possible pain). Compared with the placebo group, significant analgesia was achieved in both Cannabis groups (P = .016). The high-dose group had greater neurocognitive impairment.

 

 

 

 

Ware et al24 conducted a crossover RCT (N = 23) to determine the efficacy of smoked MM for neuropathic pain. Participants had neuropathic pain for at least 3 months that was caused by trauma or surgery, with an average weekly pain intensity score >4 on scale of 0 to 10. Patients with pain due to cancer, nociceptive causes, unstable medical conditions, current substance abuse, history of a psychotic disorder, or suicidal ideation were excluded. Participants were assigned to a 9.4% THC group or a 0% THC group. Pain intensity was evaluated daily via telephone. Participants in the 9.4% THC group had statistically lower pain intensity compared with the 0% THC group (P = .023). Common adverse effects reported by those in the 9.4% group included headache, dry eyes, burning sensation, dizziness, numbness, and cough.

Box 2
The effects of Cannabis


Marijuana is harvested from the plant Cannabis sativa and composed of 400 lipophilic chemical compounds, including phytocannabinoids, terpenoids, and flavonoids.13 The plant contains compounds termed “cannabinoids.” Two of these derivatives in particular are responsible for most of the effects of marijuana: cannabinoid delta-9- tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD). THC has a comparable structure and binding mechanism to anandamide, a naturally occurring fatty acid neurotransmitter present within the human brain.14-16 The endogenous endocannabinoid system and its receptors are found throughout the entire body (brain, organs, glands, immune cells, and connective tissues).

THC binds to cannabinoid receptors CB1 and CB2. CB1 is found predominantly in the CNS. CB2 is found predominantly outside the CNS and is associated with the immune system.14-16 The effects of THC include euphoria, relaxation, appetite stimulation, improvement of nausea and vomiting, analgesia, decreased muscle spasticity, and reduced eye pressure.14,15 CBD may have anxiolytic, antipsychotic, anticonvulsive, and analgesic effects.

The rate of absorption of THC and CBD depends both on the potency of the cannabinoid as well as the mechanism of consumption. Cannabis can be administered by multiple routes, including via smoking, oral ingestion, or IV.16 When Cannabis is smoked (the route for the most rapid delivery), THC is transported from the lungs to the bloodstream and reaches peak concentrations in 3 to 10 minutes. Oral ingestion (capsules, tinctures, sprays, and edibles) has a more flexible onset of action, usually occurring in 30 to 120 minutes, with effects lasting 5 to 6 hours. IV administration has rapid effects; the onset can occur within seconds to minutes, and effects can last 2 to 3 hours. The IV form allows 90% of THC to be distributed in plasma and can rapidly penetrate highly vascularized tissues, such as the liver, heart, fat, lungs, and muscles.

Pharmaceutical manufacturers have used cannabinoid derivatives to produce Cannabis-based medications for treating medical conditions. Nabilone, a potent agonist of the CB1 receptor, became available as a Schedule II medication in 1981 and was approved for patients with chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting (CINV).17 In 1985, dronabinol was introduced as an antiemetic for CINV as well as an appetite stimulant for patients with conditions associated with excessive weight loss.18 Another option, nabiximols, is an oral mucosal spray that consists of THC and CBD in a 1:1 ratio.19 Nabiximols is approved in Canada for pain relief in end-stage cancer patients and pain associated with multiple sclerosis.19



In an RCT of vaporized Cannabis, 39 patients with a diagnosis of complex regional pain syndrome, thalamic pain, spinal cord injury, peripheral neuropathy, radiculopathy, or nerve injury were assigned to a medium-dose (3.53% THC), low-dose (1.29% THC), or placebo group.25 Serious mental illness, substance abuse, and medical conditions were cause for exclusion. Participants received vaporized marijuana (average 8 to 12 puffs per visit) over 3 sessions. A 30% pain reduction was achieved by 26% of those in the placebo group, 57% of those in the low-dose group, and 61% of individuals in the high-dose group; the difference between placebo and each Cannabis group was statistically significant.

Chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting. Up to 80% of patients who receive chemotherapy experience CINV, which occurs from 24 hours to 7 days after receiving such therapy.26 CINV negatively influences a patient’s QOL and may impact the decision to continue with chemotherapy. Use of MM can help to diminish vomiting by binding to central CB1 receptors and averting the proemetic effects of dopamine and serotonin.27 Two synthetically derived cannabinoids, dronabinol and nabilone, are FDA-approved for treating CINV.

In a small (N = 64) parallel-group RCT, Meiri et al27 compared dronabinol with the commonly used antiemetic ondansetron and with a combination of dronabinol and ondansetron for treating CINV in adults. The primary outcome was prevention of delayed-onset CINV. Patients were eligible for this study if they had a malignancy that did not involve bone marrow, were receiving treatment with a moderately to highly emetogenic regimen, were not pregnant, and had an estimated life expectancy of at least 6 weeks after chemotherapy. The patients were randomized to 1 of 4 treatment groups: dronabinol alone, ondansetron alone, dronabinol plus ondansetron, or placebo. Overall, 47% to 58% of the active treatment groups improved, compared with 20% of the placebo group. Combination therapy did not provide any benefit beyond any single agent alone. All active treatments reduced nausea compared with placebo; there was no difference between active treatment groups. This study was limited by low enrollment.

Tramèr et al28 conducted a systematic review of 30 randomized comparisons of MM with placebo or antiemetics. The reviewed studies were completed between 1975 to 1997 and analyzed a total of 1,366 patients. Nabilone was evaluated in 16 trials; dronabinol was utilized in 13 trials; and IM levonantradol, a synthetic cannabinoid analog of dronabinol, was used in 1 trial. These agents were found to be more effective as an antiemetic compared with prochlorperazine, metoclopramide, chlorpromazine, thiethyl­perazine, haloperidol, domperidone, or alizapride. In addition, 38% to 90% of patients in these studies preferred MM over the traditional antiemetics.

A Cochrane review29 suggested that MM may be a viable option for treatment-resistant CINV; however, further studies are needed because current studies have methodological limitations.

Epilepsy. Maa and Figi30 reported a case of a 5-year-old girl who had Dravet syndrome, which resulted in 50 generalized tonic-clonic seizures daily; multiple anticonvulsants did not alleviate these seizures. Because of her recurring seizures, the patient had multiple cognitive and motor delays and needed a feeding tube. In addition to her existing antiepileptic drug regimen, she was started on adjunctive therapy with a sublingual Cannabis extract containing a high concentration of CBD. Her seizures decreased from 50 per day to 2 to 3 nocturnal convulsions per month. The treatment enabled her to stop using a feeding tube, resume walking and talking, and sleep soundly.

dos Santos et al31 reviewed studies of MM for treating epilepsy. One was a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial that included 15 patients ages 14 to 49 who had secondary generalized epilepsy with a temporal lobe focus. Eight patients received 200 to 300 mg/d of oral CBD for 8 to 18 weeks, and 7 received placebo. Seven patients had fewer seizures and 4 had no seizures. Only 1 patient in the placebo group demonstrated any improvement. Another study in this review included 19 children with treatment-resistant epilepsy: Dravet syndrome (n = 13), Doose syndrome (n = 4), Lennox-Gastaut syndrome (n = 1), or idiopathic epilepsy (n = 1). These patients experienced various types of seizures with a frequency ranging from 2 per week to 250 per day. Overall, 84% of children treated with CBD had fewer seizures: 11% were seizure-free, 42% had a >80% reduction in seizures, and 32% had a 25% to 60% reduction in seizures. Parents also noted additional benefits, including increased attention, improved mood, and improved sleep. CBD was well tolerated in most patients in both studies.

Despite these results, a Cochrane review32 found that no reliable conclusions can be drawn regarding the efficacy of MM for treating epilepsy.

 

 

 

Multiple sclerosis. According to American Academy of Neurology guidelines, physicians may provide MM as an alternative treatment for patients with MS-related spasticity.33 Multiple studies have tested MM and MM-related extracts for treating spasticity related to MS.34,35 In a placebo-controlled crossover study, Corey-Bloom et al34 reported a significant reduction in spasticity, measured using the modified Ashworth scale, in MS patients receiving Cannabis cigarettes vs placebo cigarettes (P < .0001). However, compared with the placebo group, patients who received MM had significant adverse effects, primarily cognitive impairment (P = .003).

In a multicenter RCT (N = 572 patients with refractory MS spasticity), Novotna et al36 evaluated nabiximols, an oral mucosal spray of a formulated extract of Cannabis that contains THC and CBD in a 1:1 ratio. They assessed spasticity using the Numerical Spasticity Rating Scale (NRS). Results were confirmed by measuring the number of daily spasms, self-report of sleep quality, and activities of daily living. After 4 weeks of single-blind treatment, patients who responded to nabiximols (≥20% improvement in spasticity) were randomized to a placebo group or nabiximols group for 12 additional weeks. After 12 weeks, compared with those who received placebo, those in the nabiximols group experienced a statistically significant reduction in spasticity based on NRS score (P = .0002).
 

For a summary of evidence on MM for treating glaucoma, Crohn’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, see Box 3.37-43

Box 3
Cannabis for treating glaucoma, Crohn’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis


Glaucoma. In a placebo-controlled study, oromucosal administration of medical marijuana (MM) reduced intraocular pressure from 28 mm Hg to 22 mm Hg, with a duration of action of 3.5 hours.37However, the American Academy of Ophthalmologists does not recommend treating glaucoma with MM because the effect is short-lasting, and MM causes significant cognitive impairment compared with other standardized treatments.38 MM also leads to decreased blood pressure, which lowers blood flow to the optic nerve, thus increasing the risk of blindness.

Crohn’s disease. A randomized controlled trial (RCT) of MM for Crohn’s disease was conducted using the Crohn’s Disease Activity Index (CDAI) to assess for remission. In this 8-week study,21 individuals with Crohn’s disease were administered smoked MM (115 mg of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol [THC]) or placebo.39 Eligible patients were at least 20 years old, had active Crohn’s disease (CDAI >200), and had not responded to medical treatment for the illness. Compared with those who received placebo, patients who received MM experienced a statistically significant reduction in CDAI scores (P < .05). However, at follow-up 2 weeks after the study, when MM was no longer administered, there was no difference in mean CDAI scores between the 2 groups. Five of the 11 patients in the MM group achieved clinical remission, compared with 1 of 10 in the placebo group, but this difference was not statistically significant.

Parkinson’s disease (PD). According to the American Academy of Neurology, oral Cannabis extracts are “probably ineffective” for levodopa-induced dyskinesia in patients with PD.40 Reported benefits have come mainly from self-report studies. A 2014 survey (22 patients) found a significant reduction in PD symptoms—mainly relief from drug-induced tremor and pain—when measured using the Unified Parkinson’s Disease Rating Scale (UPDRS). Patients also reported better sleep and reduced pain (measured with a visual analog scale [VAS]). An exploratory double-blind placebo trial (N = 119) found no difference in mean UPDRS and no difference in any neuroprotective measures.41 However, the experimental group had a significantly higher quality of life (QOL; P = .05). A similar double-blind crossover study that included 19 patients found no significant difference in dyskinesia, as measured with the UPDRS, in the group receiving oral Cannabis extract compared with the placebo group.42

Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS). A randomized double-blind crossover trial of 27 ALS patients found that an oral THC extract (dronabinol, 5 mg, twice daily) had no significant effects on spasticity, as measured with the VAS.43 There was also no significant difference between the experimental and placebo groups on number of spasms (also measured with a VAS), quality of sleep (measured with the Sleep Disorders Questionnaire), or QOL (measured with the Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis Assessment questionnaire).


 

Psychiatric illnesses

Dementia-related behavioral disturbances. A few clinical trials with small sample sizes have found evidence supporting the use of MM compounds for alleviating neuropsychiatric symptoms of patients with dementia. An open-label pilot study of 6 individuals with late-stage dementia who received dronabinol, 2.5 mg/d, for 2 weeks, found a significant reduction (compared with baseline) in nighttime motor activity as measured with an actometer (P < .0028).44 The secondary Neuropsychiatric Inventory (NPI) assessment found reductions in aberrant motor behavior (P = .042), agitation (P = .042), and nighttime behaviors (P = .42).

A 2014 retrospective analysis of 40 inpatients with dementia-related agitation and appetite loss who were treated with dronabinol (mean dosage: 7.03 mg/d) found reductions in all aspects of agitation, including aberrant vocalization, motor agitation, aggressiveness, and treatment resistance, as measured with the Pittsburgh Agitation Scale (P < .0001).45 The study found no significant improvements in appetite, Global Assessment of Functioning mean score, or number of times patients awoke during the night. Adverse effects included sedation and delirium.

A RCT of 50 dementia patients with clinically relevant neuropsychiatric symptoms found no significant difference in mean NPI scores between patients given placebo and those who received nabiximols, 1.5 mg, 3 times daily.46 There were no significant differences found in agitation, QOL, life activities, or caregiver-scored Caregiver Global Impression of Change scale.

In a small RCT, THC was safe and well tolerated in 10 older patients with dementia.47 A 2009 Cochrane review48 concluded that there was no evidence for the efficacy of MM in treating the neuropsychiatric symptoms related to dementia.

PTSD. Preclinical evidence shows that the endocannabinoid system is involved in regulating emotional memory. Evidence also suggests that cannabinoids may facilitate the extinction of aversive memories.49,50

In 2009, New Mexico became the first state to authorize the use of MM for patients with PTSD. In a study of patients applying for the New Mexico Medical Cannabis Program, researchers used the Clinician Administered Posttraumatic Scale (CAPS) to assess PTSD symptoms.51 A retrospective chart review of the first 80 patients eval­uated found significant (P < .0001) reductions of several PTSD symptoms, including intrusive memories, distressing dreams, flashbacks, numbing and avoidance, and hyperarousal, in the group using MM vs those not using MM. There also was a significant difference in CAPS total score (P < .0001). Patients reported a 75% reduction in PTSD symptoms while using MM. This study has several limitations: It was a retrospective review, not an RCT, and patients were prescreened and knew before the study began that MM helped their PTSD symptoms.

In another retrospective study, researchers evaluated treatment with nabilone, 0.5 to 6 mg/d, in 104 incarcerated men with various major mental illnesses; most (91%) met criteria for Cannabis dependence.52 They found significant improvements in sleep and PTSD symptoms.

A double-blind RCT evaluated MM in 10 Canadian male soldiers with PTSD who experienced nightmares despite standard medication treatment. Adjunctive nabilone (maximum dose: 3 mg/d) resulted in a reduction in nightmares as measured by the CAPS recurrent distressing dream of the event item score.53

Currently, there are no adequately powered RCTs of MM in a diverse group of PTSD patients. Most studies are open-label, enriched design, and included white male veterans. No well-conducted trials have evaluated patients with noncombat-related PTSD. Most of the relevant literature consists of case reports of Cannabis use by patients with PTSD.

Anxiety disorders.Patients frequently indicate that smoking Cannabis helps relieve their anxiety, although there is no replicated evidence based on double-blind RCTs to support this. However, in rat models CBD has been shown to facilitate extinction of conditioned fear via the endocannabinoid system.54-56 The mechanism of action is not completely understood. CBD has been shown to have antagonistic action at CB1 and CB2 receptors. It may have similar effects on memory extinction and may be an adjunct to exposure therapies for anxiety disorders.

Das et al57 studied the effects of CBD (32 mg) on extinction and consolidation of memory related to contextual fear in 48 individuals. They found that CBD can enhance extinction learning, and suggested it may have potential as an adjunct to extinction-based therapies for anxiety disorders.

Caveats: Adverse effects, lack of RCTs

Cannabis use causes impairment of learning, memory, attention, and working memory. Adolescents are particularly vulnerable to the effects of Cannabis on brain development at a time when synaptic pruning and increased myelination occur. Normal brain development could be disrupted. Some studies have linked Cannabis use to abnormalities in the amygdala, hippocampus, frontal lobe, and cerebellum. From 1995 to 2014, the potency of Cannabis (THC concentration) increased from 4% to 12%.58 This has substantial implications for increased abuse among adolescents and the deleterious effects of Cannabis on the brain.

Heavy Cannabis use impairs motivation and could precipitate psychosis in vulnerable individuals. Cannabis use may be linked to the development of schizophrenia.59

There are no well-conducted RCTs on the efficacy of MM, and adequate safety data are lacking. There is also lack of consensus among qualified experts. There is soft evidence that MM may be helpful in some medical conditions, including but not limited to CINV, neuropathic pain, epilepsy, and MS-related spasticity. Currently, the benefits of using MM do not appear to outweigh the risks.

 

Bottom Line

Limited evidence suggests medical marijuana (MM) may be beneficial for treating a few medical conditions, including neuropathic pain and chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting. There is no clear and convincing evidence MM is beneficial for psychiatric disorders, and Cannabis can impair cognition and attention and may precipitate psychosis. The risk of deleterious effects are greater in adolescents.

Related Resources

  • Nguyen DH, Thant TM. Caring for medical marijuana patients who request controlled prescriptions. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(8):50-51.
  • National Institute on Drug Abuse. Marijuana as medicine. https://www.drugabuse.gov/publications/drugfacts/ marijuana-medicine.

Drug Brand Names

Alizapride • Litican, Superan
Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
Domperidone • Motilium
Dronabinol • Marinol, Syndros
Haloperidol • Haldol
Metoclopramide • Reglan
Nabilone • Cesamet
Nabiximols • Sativex
Ondansetron • Zofran, Zuplenz
Prochlorperazine • Compazine
Thiethylperazine • Torecan

 

There is a need for additional treatment options to improve symptoms, enhance the quality of life (QOL), and reduce suffering among patients who have chronic medical illness. Medical marijuana (MM) has the potential to help patients who have certain medical conditions in states where it is legal for prescription by a licensed medical provider.

Cannabis has a long history of medicinal use (Box 11-12). Two derivatives of the Cannabis plant—cannabinoid delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD)—are responsible for most of its effects. Some of these effects, including analgesia, decreased muscle spasticity, and reduced eye pressure, have been harnessed for their potential therapeutic effects (Box 213-19). As of November 2017, 29 states had legalized Cannabis for medical use, and several had legalized its recreational use.12

With the increasing availability of MM, psychiatrists are likely to encounter patients who are using it or who will ask them about it. This article reviews evidence related to using MM to treat patients with neuropathic pain; chemotherapyinduced nausea and vomiting (CINV); epilepsy; multiple sclerosis (MS); glaucoma; Crohn’s disease; Parkinson’s disease; amyotrophic lateral sclerosis; dementia-related behavioral disturbances; posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD); and anxiety.

 

 

Box 1 
Cannabis: A history of medicinal use


 

Cannabis has been cultivated since ancient times, beginning in China and India. The earliest reference of its use for healing purposes may have been in the Chinese Pharmacopeia, circa 1500 BC.1 In 1839, Dr. William Brooke O’Shaughnessy introduced Cannabis Indica, or “Indian hemp,” to the western world after a professorship in Calcutta, India.2 In the early 1840s, an English physician, Dr. John Clendinning, prescribed Cannabis for migraine headache.3 In the 19th and early 20th centuries, several prominent physicians advocated using Cannabis for migraines; Sir William Osler did so in his textbook, The principles and practice of medicine.4 It was listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia in 1850 but removed in 1942.5,6

Until 1937, Cannabis was used in the United States for medicinal purposes, such as for treating inflamed skin, incontinence, and sexually transmitted diseases.7 In 1937, the Marihuana Tax Act, which prohibited the production, importation, possession, use, and dispersal of Cannabis, was passed.8Cannabis became a Schedule I drug under the Controlled Substance Act of 1970.9

In 1999, based on available evidence, the Institute of Medicine (IOM) concluded Cannabis had less likelihood of dependence than benzodiazepines, opiates, cocaine, or nicotine. The IOM also concluded that the symptoms of withdrawal were mild in comparison with benzodiazepines or opiates. Finally, the IOM stated that Cannabis was not a “gateway” drug.10

In 1996, California was the first state to reimplement medicinal use of Cannabis under the Compassionate Use Act, also known as Proposition 215.11 This act allowed individuals to retain or produce Cannabis for personal consumption with a physician’s approval. Many states eventually followed California’s lead. As of November 2017, 29 states, the District of Columbia, Guam, and Puerto Rico had regulated Cannabis use for medical purposes,12 and recreational use had been approved in 7 states and the District of Columbia.


Medical illnesses

Neuropathic pain. Chronic neuropathic pain affects an estimated 7% to 8% of adults.20 Patients with neuropathic pain are often treated with anticonvulsants, anti­depressants, opioids, and local anesthetics21; however, these medications may not provide substantial relief. Research has revealed that THC and CBD can improve central and peripheral neuropathic pain, as well as pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis and fibromyalgia.22

Wilsey et al23 evaluated the analgesic effects of smoked MM for neuropathic pain in a small (N = 38) double-blind, randomized controlled trial (RCT). Patients in this study had a preexisting diagnosis of complex regional pain syndrome, spinal cord injury, peripheral neuropathy, or nerve injury. To prevent any unforeseen adverse outcomes related to Cannabis use, participants were required to have previous exposure to Cannabis. Patients were excluded if they had major mental illness, substance abuse, or other major medical ailments.

Participants smoked high-dose Cannabis cigarettes (7% THC), low-dose Cannabis cigarettes (3.5% THC), or placebo cigarettes. Pain was measured on a visual analog scale (VAS) that ranged from 0 (no pain) to 100 (worst possible pain). Compared with the placebo group, significant analgesia was achieved in both Cannabis groups (P = .016). The high-dose group had greater neurocognitive impairment.

 

 

 

 

Ware et al24 conducted a crossover RCT (N = 23) to determine the efficacy of smoked MM for neuropathic pain. Participants had neuropathic pain for at least 3 months that was caused by trauma or surgery, with an average weekly pain intensity score >4 on scale of 0 to 10. Patients with pain due to cancer, nociceptive causes, unstable medical conditions, current substance abuse, history of a psychotic disorder, or suicidal ideation were excluded. Participants were assigned to a 9.4% THC group or a 0% THC group. Pain intensity was evaluated daily via telephone. Participants in the 9.4% THC group had statistically lower pain intensity compared with the 0% THC group (P = .023). Common adverse effects reported by those in the 9.4% group included headache, dry eyes, burning sensation, dizziness, numbness, and cough.

Box 2
The effects of Cannabis


Marijuana is harvested from the plant Cannabis sativa and composed of 400 lipophilic chemical compounds, including phytocannabinoids, terpenoids, and flavonoids.13 The plant contains compounds termed “cannabinoids.” Two of these derivatives in particular are responsible for most of the effects of marijuana: cannabinoid delta-9- tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD). THC has a comparable structure and binding mechanism to anandamide, a naturally occurring fatty acid neurotransmitter present within the human brain.14-16 The endogenous endocannabinoid system and its receptors are found throughout the entire body (brain, organs, glands, immune cells, and connective tissues).

THC binds to cannabinoid receptors CB1 and CB2. CB1 is found predominantly in the CNS. CB2 is found predominantly outside the CNS and is associated with the immune system.14-16 The effects of THC include euphoria, relaxation, appetite stimulation, improvement of nausea and vomiting, analgesia, decreased muscle spasticity, and reduced eye pressure.14,15 CBD may have anxiolytic, antipsychotic, anticonvulsive, and analgesic effects.

The rate of absorption of THC and CBD depends both on the potency of the cannabinoid as well as the mechanism of consumption. Cannabis can be administered by multiple routes, including via smoking, oral ingestion, or IV.16 When Cannabis is smoked (the route for the most rapid delivery), THC is transported from the lungs to the bloodstream and reaches peak concentrations in 3 to 10 minutes. Oral ingestion (capsules, tinctures, sprays, and edibles) has a more flexible onset of action, usually occurring in 30 to 120 minutes, with effects lasting 5 to 6 hours. IV administration has rapid effects; the onset can occur within seconds to minutes, and effects can last 2 to 3 hours. The IV form allows 90% of THC to be distributed in plasma and can rapidly penetrate highly vascularized tissues, such as the liver, heart, fat, lungs, and muscles.

Pharmaceutical manufacturers have used cannabinoid derivatives to produce Cannabis-based medications for treating medical conditions. Nabilone, a potent agonist of the CB1 receptor, became available as a Schedule II medication in 1981 and was approved for patients with chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting (CINV).17 In 1985, dronabinol was introduced as an antiemetic for CINV as well as an appetite stimulant for patients with conditions associated with excessive weight loss.18 Another option, nabiximols, is an oral mucosal spray that consists of THC and CBD in a 1:1 ratio.19 Nabiximols is approved in Canada for pain relief in end-stage cancer patients and pain associated with multiple sclerosis.19



In an RCT of vaporized Cannabis, 39 patients with a diagnosis of complex regional pain syndrome, thalamic pain, spinal cord injury, peripheral neuropathy, radiculopathy, or nerve injury were assigned to a medium-dose (3.53% THC), low-dose (1.29% THC), or placebo group.25 Serious mental illness, substance abuse, and medical conditions were cause for exclusion. Participants received vaporized marijuana (average 8 to 12 puffs per visit) over 3 sessions. A 30% pain reduction was achieved by 26% of those in the placebo group, 57% of those in the low-dose group, and 61% of individuals in the high-dose group; the difference between placebo and each Cannabis group was statistically significant.

Chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting. Up to 80% of patients who receive chemotherapy experience CINV, which occurs from 24 hours to 7 days after receiving such therapy.26 CINV negatively influences a patient’s QOL and may impact the decision to continue with chemotherapy. Use of MM can help to diminish vomiting by binding to central CB1 receptors and averting the proemetic effects of dopamine and serotonin.27 Two synthetically derived cannabinoids, dronabinol and nabilone, are FDA-approved for treating CINV.

In a small (N = 64) parallel-group RCT, Meiri et al27 compared dronabinol with the commonly used antiemetic ondansetron and with a combination of dronabinol and ondansetron for treating CINV in adults. The primary outcome was prevention of delayed-onset CINV. Patients were eligible for this study if they had a malignancy that did not involve bone marrow, were receiving treatment with a moderately to highly emetogenic regimen, were not pregnant, and had an estimated life expectancy of at least 6 weeks after chemotherapy. The patients were randomized to 1 of 4 treatment groups: dronabinol alone, ondansetron alone, dronabinol plus ondansetron, or placebo. Overall, 47% to 58% of the active treatment groups improved, compared with 20% of the placebo group. Combination therapy did not provide any benefit beyond any single agent alone. All active treatments reduced nausea compared with placebo; there was no difference between active treatment groups. This study was limited by low enrollment.

Tramèr et al28 conducted a systematic review of 30 randomized comparisons of MM with placebo or antiemetics. The reviewed studies were completed between 1975 to 1997 and analyzed a total of 1,366 patients. Nabilone was evaluated in 16 trials; dronabinol was utilized in 13 trials; and IM levonantradol, a synthetic cannabinoid analog of dronabinol, was used in 1 trial. These agents were found to be more effective as an antiemetic compared with prochlorperazine, metoclopramide, chlorpromazine, thiethyl­perazine, haloperidol, domperidone, or alizapride. In addition, 38% to 90% of patients in these studies preferred MM over the traditional antiemetics.

A Cochrane review29 suggested that MM may be a viable option for treatment-resistant CINV; however, further studies are needed because current studies have methodological limitations.

Epilepsy. Maa and Figi30 reported a case of a 5-year-old girl who had Dravet syndrome, which resulted in 50 generalized tonic-clonic seizures daily; multiple anticonvulsants did not alleviate these seizures. Because of her recurring seizures, the patient had multiple cognitive and motor delays and needed a feeding tube. In addition to her existing antiepileptic drug regimen, she was started on adjunctive therapy with a sublingual Cannabis extract containing a high concentration of CBD. Her seizures decreased from 50 per day to 2 to 3 nocturnal convulsions per month. The treatment enabled her to stop using a feeding tube, resume walking and talking, and sleep soundly.

dos Santos et al31 reviewed studies of MM for treating epilepsy. One was a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial that included 15 patients ages 14 to 49 who had secondary generalized epilepsy with a temporal lobe focus. Eight patients received 200 to 300 mg/d of oral CBD for 8 to 18 weeks, and 7 received placebo. Seven patients had fewer seizures and 4 had no seizures. Only 1 patient in the placebo group demonstrated any improvement. Another study in this review included 19 children with treatment-resistant epilepsy: Dravet syndrome (n = 13), Doose syndrome (n = 4), Lennox-Gastaut syndrome (n = 1), or idiopathic epilepsy (n = 1). These patients experienced various types of seizures with a frequency ranging from 2 per week to 250 per day. Overall, 84% of children treated with CBD had fewer seizures: 11% were seizure-free, 42% had a >80% reduction in seizures, and 32% had a 25% to 60% reduction in seizures. Parents also noted additional benefits, including increased attention, improved mood, and improved sleep. CBD was well tolerated in most patients in both studies.

Despite these results, a Cochrane review32 found that no reliable conclusions can be drawn regarding the efficacy of MM for treating epilepsy.

 

 

 

Multiple sclerosis. According to American Academy of Neurology guidelines, physicians may provide MM as an alternative treatment for patients with MS-related spasticity.33 Multiple studies have tested MM and MM-related extracts for treating spasticity related to MS.34,35 In a placebo-controlled crossover study, Corey-Bloom et al34 reported a significant reduction in spasticity, measured using the modified Ashworth scale, in MS patients receiving Cannabis cigarettes vs placebo cigarettes (P < .0001). However, compared with the placebo group, patients who received MM had significant adverse effects, primarily cognitive impairment (P = .003).

In a multicenter RCT (N = 572 patients with refractory MS spasticity), Novotna et al36 evaluated nabiximols, an oral mucosal spray of a formulated extract of Cannabis that contains THC and CBD in a 1:1 ratio. They assessed spasticity using the Numerical Spasticity Rating Scale (NRS). Results were confirmed by measuring the number of daily spasms, self-report of sleep quality, and activities of daily living. After 4 weeks of single-blind treatment, patients who responded to nabiximols (≥20% improvement in spasticity) were randomized to a placebo group or nabiximols group for 12 additional weeks. After 12 weeks, compared with those who received placebo, those in the nabiximols group experienced a statistically significant reduction in spasticity based on NRS score (P = .0002).
 

For a summary of evidence on MM for treating glaucoma, Crohn’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, see Box 3.37-43

Box 3
Cannabis for treating glaucoma, Crohn’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis


Glaucoma. In a placebo-controlled study, oromucosal administration of medical marijuana (MM) reduced intraocular pressure from 28 mm Hg to 22 mm Hg, with a duration of action of 3.5 hours.37However, the American Academy of Ophthalmologists does not recommend treating glaucoma with MM because the effect is short-lasting, and MM causes significant cognitive impairment compared with other standardized treatments.38 MM also leads to decreased blood pressure, which lowers blood flow to the optic nerve, thus increasing the risk of blindness.

Crohn’s disease. A randomized controlled trial (RCT) of MM for Crohn’s disease was conducted using the Crohn’s Disease Activity Index (CDAI) to assess for remission. In this 8-week study,21 individuals with Crohn’s disease were administered smoked MM (115 mg of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol [THC]) or placebo.39 Eligible patients were at least 20 years old, had active Crohn’s disease (CDAI >200), and had not responded to medical treatment for the illness. Compared with those who received placebo, patients who received MM experienced a statistically significant reduction in CDAI scores (P < .05). However, at follow-up 2 weeks after the study, when MM was no longer administered, there was no difference in mean CDAI scores between the 2 groups. Five of the 11 patients in the MM group achieved clinical remission, compared with 1 of 10 in the placebo group, but this difference was not statistically significant.

Parkinson’s disease (PD). According to the American Academy of Neurology, oral Cannabis extracts are “probably ineffective” for levodopa-induced dyskinesia in patients with PD.40 Reported benefits have come mainly from self-report studies. A 2014 survey (22 patients) found a significant reduction in PD symptoms—mainly relief from drug-induced tremor and pain—when measured using the Unified Parkinson’s Disease Rating Scale (UPDRS). Patients also reported better sleep and reduced pain (measured with a visual analog scale [VAS]). An exploratory double-blind placebo trial (N = 119) found no difference in mean UPDRS and no difference in any neuroprotective measures.41 However, the experimental group had a significantly higher quality of life (QOL; P = .05). A similar double-blind crossover study that included 19 patients found no significant difference in dyskinesia, as measured with the UPDRS, in the group receiving oral Cannabis extract compared with the placebo group.42

Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS). A randomized double-blind crossover trial of 27 ALS patients found that an oral THC extract (dronabinol, 5 mg, twice daily) had no significant effects on spasticity, as measured with the VAS.43 There was also no significant difference between the experimental and placebo groups on number of spasms (also measured with a VAS), quality of sleep (measured with the Sleep Disorders Questionnaire), or QOL (measured with the Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis Assessment questionnaire).


 

Psychiatric illnesses

Dementia-related behavioral disturbances. A few clinical trials with small sample sizes have found evidence supporting the use of MM compounds for alleviating neuropsychiatric symptoms of patients with dementia. An open-label pilot study of 6 individuals with late-stage dementia who received dronabinol, 2.5 mg/d, for 2 weeks, found a significant reduction (compared with baseline) in nighttime motor activity as measured with an actometer (P < .0028).44 The secondary Neuropsychiatric Inventory (NPI) assessment found reductions in aberrant motor behavior (P = .042), agitation (P = .042), and nighttime behaviors (P = .42).

A 2014 retrospective analysis of 40 inpatients with dementia-related agitation and appetite loss who were treated with dronabinol (mean dosage: 7.03 mg/d) found reductions in all aspects of agitation, including aberrant vocalization, motor agitation, aggressiveness, and treatment resistance, as measured with the Pittsburgh Agitation Scale (P < .0001).45 The study found no significant improvements in appetite, Global Assessment of Functioning mean score, or number of times patients awoke during the night. Adverse effects included sedation and delirium.

A RCT of 50 dementia patients with clinically relevant neuropsychiatric symptoms found no significant difference in mean NPI scores between patients given placebo and those who received nabiximols, 1.5 mg, 3 times daily.46 There were no significant differences found in agitation, QOL, life activities, or caregiver-scored Caregiver Global Impression of Change scale.

In a small RCT, THC was safe and well tolerated in 10 older patients with dementia.47 A 2009 Cochrane review48 concluded that there was no evidence for the efficacy of MM in treating the neuropsychiatric symptoms related to dementia.

PTSD. Preclinical evidence shows that the endocannabinoid system is involved in regulating emotional memory. Evidence also suggests that cannabinoids may facilitate the extinction of aversive memories.49,50

In 2009, New Mexico became the first state to authorize the use of MM for patients with PTSD. In a study of patients applying for the New Mexico Medical Cannabis Program, researchers used the Clinician Administered Posttraumatic Scale (CAPS) to assess PTSD symptoms.51 A retrospective chart review of the first 80 patients eval­uated found significant (P < .0001) reductions of several PTSD symptoms, including intrusive memories, distressing dreams, flashbacks, numbing and avoidance, and hyperarousal, in the group using MM vs those not using MM. There also was a significant difference in CAPS total score (P < .0001). Patients reported a 75% reduction in PTSD symptoms while using MM. This study has several limitations: It was a retrospective review, not an RCT, and patients were prescreened and knew before the study began that MM helped their PTSD symptoms.

In another retrospective study, researchers evaluated treatment with nabilone, 0.5 to 6 mg/d, in 104 incarcerated men with various major mental illnesses; most (91%) met criteria for Cannabis dependence.52 They found significant improvements in sleep and PTSD symptoms.

A double-blind RCT evaluated MM in 10 Canadian male soldiers with PTSD who experienced nightmares despite standard medication treatment. Adjunctive nabilone (maximum dose: 3 mg/d) resulted in a reduction in nightmares as measured by the CAPS recurrent distressing dream of the event item score.53

Currently, there are no adequately powered RCTs of MM in a diverse group of PTSD patients. Most studies are open-label, enriched design, and included white male veterans. No well-conducted trials have evaluated patients with noncombat-related PTSD. Most of the relevant literature consists of case reports of Cannabis use by patients with PTSD.

Anxiety disorders.Patients frequently indicate that smoking Cannabis helps relieve their anxiety, although there is no replicated evidence based on double-blind RCTs to support this. However, in rat models CBD has been shown to facilitate extinction of conditioned fear via the endocannabinoid system.54-56 The mechanism of action is not completely understood. CBD has been shown to have antagonistic action at CB1 and CB2 receptors. It may have similar effects on memory extinction and may be an adjunct to exposure therapies for anxiety disorders.

Das et al57 studied the effects of CBD (32 mg) on extinction and consolidation of memory related to contextual fear in 48 individuals. They found that CBD can enhance extinction learning, and suggested it may have potential as an adjunct to extinction-based therapies for anxiety disorders.

Caveats: Adverse effects, lack of RCTs

Cannabis use causes impairment of learning, memory, attention, and working memory. Adolescents are particularly vulnerable to the effects of Cannabis on brain development at a time when synaptic pruning and increased myelination occur. Normal brain development could be disrupted. Some studies have linked Cannabis use to abnormalities in the amygdala, hippocampus, frontal lobe, and cerebellum. From 1995 to 2014, the potency of Cannabis (THC concentration) increased from 4% to 12%.58 This has substantial implications for increased abuse among adolescents and the deleterious effects of Cannabis on the brain.

Heavy Cannabis use impairs motivation and could precipitate psychosis in vulnerable individuals. Cannabis use may be linked to the development of schizophrenia.59

There are no well-conducted RCTs on the efficacy of MM, and adequate safety data are lacking. There is also lack of consensus among qualified experts. There is soft evidence that MM may be helpful in some medical conditions, including but not limited to CINV, neuropathic pain, epilepsy, and MS-related spasticity. Currently, the benefits of using MM do not appear to outweigh the risks.

 

Bottom Line

Limited evidence suggests medical marijuana (MM) may be beneficial for treating a few medical conditions, including neuropathic pain and chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting. There is no clear and convincing evidence MM is beneficial for psychiatric disorders, and Cannabis can impair cognition and attention and may precipitate psychosis. The risk of deleterious effects are greater in adolescents.

Related Resources

  • Nguyen DH, Thant TM. Caring for medical marijuana patients who request controlled prescriptions. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(8):50-51.
  • National Institute on Drug Abuse. Marijuana as medicine. https://www.drugabuse.gov/publications/drugfacts/ marijuana-medicine.

Drug Brand Names

Alizapride • Litican, Superan
Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
Domperidone • Motilium
Dronabinol • Marinol, Syndros
Haloperidol • Haldol
Metoclopramide • Reglan
Nabilone • Cesamet
Nabiximols • Sativex
Ondansetron • Zofran, Zuplenz
Prochlorperazine • Compazine
Thiethylperazine • Torecan

References

1. National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA). Marijuana Research Findings 1976. NIDA research monograph 14. https://archives.drugabuse.gov/sites/default/files/monograph14.pdf. Published July 1977. Accessed November 15, 2017.
2. O’Shaughnessy WB. On the preparations of the Indian hemp, or gunjah- cannabis indica their effects on the animal system in health, and their utility in the treatment of tetanus and other convulsive diseases. Prov Med J Retrosp Med Sci. 1843;5(123):363-369.
3. Clendinning J. Observations on the medical properties of the Cannabis Sativa of India. Med Chir Trans. 1843;26:188-210.
4. Osler W, McCrae T. The principles and practice of medicine. 9th ed. New York, NY: D. Appleton and Company; 1921.
5. The pharmacopoeia of the United States of America. 3rd ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott; 1851.
6. The pharmacopoeia of the United States of America. 12th ed. Easton, PA: Mack Printing Company; 1942.
7. Philipsen N, Butler RD, Simon C, et al. Medical marijuana: a primer on ethics, evidence, and politics. Journal Nurse Pract. 2014;10(9):633-640.
8. Marihuana Tax Act of 1937, Pub L No. 75-238, 75th Cong, 50 Stat 551 (1937).
9. Controlled Substances Act, 21 USC §812.
10. Watson SJ, Benson JA, Joy JE, eds. Marijuana and medicine: assessing the science base. Washington, DC: National Academy Press; 1999.
11. California Proposition 215, the medical marijuana initiative (1996). https://ballotpedia.org/California_Proposition_215,_the_Medical_Marijuana_Initiative_(1996). Accessed November 16, 2017.
12. National Conference of State Legislatures. State medical marijuana laws. http://www.ncsl.org/research/health/state-medical-marijuana-laws.aspx. Updated September 14, 2017. Accessed November 16, 2017.
13. Russo EB. Taming THC: potential cannabis synergy and phytocannabinoid-terpenoid entourage effects. Br J Pharmacol. 2011;163(7):1344-1364.
14. Alger BE. Getting high on the endocannabinoid system. Cerebrum. 2013:14. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3997295. Accessed December 5, 2017.
15. Galal AM, Slade D, Gul W, et al. Naturally occurring and related synthetic cannabinoids and their potential therapeutic applications. Recent Pat CNS Drug Discov. 2009;4(2):112-136.
16. Huestis MA. Human cannabinoid pharmacokinetics. Chem Biodivers. 2007;4(8):1770-1804.
17. Cesamet [package insert]. Somerset, NJ: Meda Pharmaceuticals; 2013.
18. Marinol [package insert]. Chicago, IL: AbbVie Inc.; 2017.
19. Sativex [package insert]. Mississauga, Ontario: Bayer Inc.; 2015.
20. Torrance N, Ferguson JA, Afolabi E, et al. Neuropathic pain in the community: more under-treated than refractory? Pain. 2013;154(5):690-699.
21. Finnerup NB, Attal N, Haroutounian S, et al. Pharmacotherapy for neuropathic pain in adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Lancet Neurol. 2015;14(2):162-173.
22. Whiting PF, Wolff RF, Deshpande S, et al. Cannabinoids for medical use: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA. 2015;313(24):2456-2473.
23. Wilsey B, Marcotte, T, Tsodikov A, et al. A randomized, placebo-controlled, crossover trial of cannabis cigarettes in neuropathic pain. J Pain. 2008;9(6):506-521.
24. Ware MA, Wang T, Shapiro S, et al. Smoked cannabis for chronic neuropathic pain: a randomized controlled trial. CMAJ. 2010;182(14):E694-E701.
25. Wilsey B, Marcotte T, Deutsch R, et al. Low-dose vaporized cannabis significantly improves neuropathic pain. J Pain. 2013;14(2):136-148.
26. National Cancer Institute. Treatment-related nausea and vomiting (PDQ®)-health professional version. https://www.cancer.gov/about-cancer/treatment/side-effects/nausea/nausea-hp-pdq. Updated May 10, 2017. Accessed November 7, 2017.
27. Meiri E, Jhangiani H, Vrendenburgh JJ, et al. Efficacy of dronabinol alone and in combination with ondansetron versus ondansetron alone for delayed chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting. Curr Med Res Opin. 2007;23(3):533-543.
28. Tramèr MR, Carroll D, Campbell FA, et al. Cannabinoids for control of chemotherapy induced nausea and vomiting: quantitative systematic review. BMJ. 2001;323(7303):16-21.
29. Smith LA, Azariah F, Lavender VT, et al. Cannabinoids for nausea and vomiting in adults with cancer receiving chemotherapy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(11):CD009464.
30. Maa E, Figi P. The case for medical marijuana in epilepsy. Epilepsia. 2014;55(6):783-786.
31. dos Santos RG, Hallak JE, Leite JP, et al. Phytocannabinoids and epilepsy. J Clin Pharm Ther. 2015;40(2):135-143.
32. Gloss D, Vickrey B. Cannabinoids for epilepsy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(3):CD009270.
33. Yadav V, Bever C Jr, Bowen J, et al. Summary of evidence-based guideline: complementary and alternative medicine in multiple sclerosis: report of the guideline development subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology. 2014;82(12):1083-1092.
34. Corey-Bloom J, Wolfson T, Gamst A, et al. Smoked cannabis for spasticity in multiple sclerosis: a randomized, placebo-controlled trial. CMAJ. 2012;184(10):1143-1150.
35. Zajicek J, Ball S, Wright D, et al; CUPID investigator group. Effect of dronabinol on progression in progressive multiple sclerosis (CUPID): a randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Neurol. 2013;12(9):857-865.
36. Novotna A, Mares J, Ratcliffe S, et al; Sativex Spasticity Study Group. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, enriched-design study of nabiximols* (Sativex(®)), as add-on therapy, in subjects with refractory spasticity caused by multiple sclerosis. Eur J Neurol. 2011;18(9):1122-1131.
37. Merritt JC, Crawford WJ, Alexander PC, et al. Effect of marihuana on intraocular and blood pressure in glaucoma. Ophthalmology. 1980;87(3):222-228.
38. American Academy of Ophthalmology. American Academy of Ophthalmology reiterates position that marijuana is not a proven treatment for glaucoma. https://www.aao.org/newsroom/news-releases/detail/american-academy-of-ophthalmology-reiterates-posit. Published June 27, 2014. Accessed May 29, 2017.
39. Naftali T, Bar-Lev Schleider L, Dotan I, et al. Cannabis induces a clinical response in patients with Crohn’s disease: a prospective placebo-controlled study. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2013;11(10):1276.e1-1280.e1.
40. Koppel BS Brust JC, Fife T, et al. Systematic review: efficacy and safety of medical marijuana in certain neurological disorders. Report of the Guideline Development Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology. 2014;82(17):1556-1563.
41. Chagas MH, Zuardi AW, Tumas V, et al. Effects of cannabidiol in the treatment of patients with Parkinson’s disease: an exploratory double-blind trial. J Psychopharmacol. 2014;28(11):1088-1098.
42. Carroll CB, Bain PG, Teare L, et al. Cannabis for dyskinesia in Parkinson disease: a randomized double-blind crossover study. Neurology. 2004;63(7):1245-1250.
43. Weber M, Goldman B, Truniger S. Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) for cramps in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis: a randomised, double-blind crossover trial. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2010;81(10):1135-1140.
44. Walther S, Mahlberg R, Eichmann U, et al. Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol for nighttime agitation in severe dementia. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 2006;185(4):524-528.
45. Woodward MR, Harper DG, Stolyar A, et al. Dronabinol for the treatment of agitation and aggressive behavior in acutely hospitalized severely demented patients with noncognitive behavioral symptoms. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2014;22(4):415-419.
46. van den Elsen GA, Ahmed A, Verkes RJ, et al. Tetrahydrocannabinol for neuropsychiatric symptoms in dementia: a randomized controlled trial. Neurology. 2015;84(23):2338-2346.
47. Ahmed AI, van den Elsen GA, Colbers A, et al. Safety, pharmacodynamics, and pharmacokinetics of multiple oral doses of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol in older persons with dementia. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 2015;232(14):25872595.
48. Krishnan S, Cairns R, Howard R. Cannabinoids for the treatment of dementia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(2):CD007204.
49. de Bitencourt RM, Pamplona FA, Takahashi RN. A current overview of cannabinoids and glucocorticoids in facilitating extinction of aversive memories: potential extinction enhancers. Neuropharmacology. 2013;64:389-395.
50. Fraser GA. The use of a synthetic cannabinoid in the management of treatment-resistant nightmares in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). CNS Neurosci Ther. 2009;15(1):84-88.
51. Greer GR, Grob CS, Halberstadt AL. PTSD symptom reports of patients evaluated for the New Mexico Medical Cannabis Program. J Psychoactive Drugs. 2014;46(1):73-77.
52. Cameron C, Watson D, Robinson J. Use of a synthetic cannabinoid in a correctional population for posttraumatic stress disorder-related insomnia and nightmares, chronic pain, harm reduction, and other indications: a retrospective evaluation. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2014;34(5):559-564.
53. Jetly R, Heber A, Fraser G, et al. The efficacy of nabilone, a synthetic cannabinoid, in the treatment of PTSD-associated nightmares: a preliminary randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled cross-over design study. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 2015;51:585-588.
54. Bitencourt RM, Pamplona FA, Takahashi RN. Facilitation of contextual fear, memory extinction, and anti-anxiogenic effects of AM404 and cannabidiol in conditioned rats. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2008;18(12):849-859.
55. Pertwee RG. The diverse CB1 and CB2 receptor pharmacology of three plant cannabinoids: delta-tetrahydrocannabinol, cannabidiol and delta9-tetrahydrocannabivarin. Br J Pharmacol. 2008;153(2):199-215.
56. Thomas A, Baillie GL, Phillips AM, et al. Cannabidiol displays unexpectedly high potency as an antagonist of CB1 and CB2 receptor agonists in vitro. Br J Pharmacol. 2007;150(5):613-623.
57. Das RK, Kamboj SK, Ramadas M, et al. Cannabidiol enhances consolidation of explicit fear extinction in humans. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 2013;226(4):781-792.
58. ElSohly MA, Mehmedic Z, Foster S, et al. Changes in cannabis potency over the last 2 decades (1995-2014): analysis of current data in the United States. Biol Psychiatry. 2016;79(7):613-619.
59. Volkow ND, Swanson JM, Evins AE, et al. Effects of cannabis use on human behavior, including cognition, motivation, and psychosis: a review. JAMA Psychiatry. 2016;73(3):292297.

References

1. National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA). Marijuana Research Findings 1976. NIDA research monograph 14. https://archives.drugabuse.gov/sites/default/files/monograph14.pdf. Published July 1977. Accessed November 15, 2017.
2. O’Shaughnessy WB. On the preparations of the Indian hemp, or gunjah- cannabis indica their effects on the animal system in health, and their utility in the treatment of tetanus and other convulsive diseases. Prov Med J Retrosp Med Sci. 1843;5(123):363-369.
3. Clendinning J. Observations on the medical properties of the Cannabis Sativa of India. Med Chir Trans. 1843;26:188-210.
4. Osler W, McCrae T. The principles and practice of medicine. 9th ed. New York, NY: D. Appleton and Company; 1921.
5. The pharmacopoeia of the United States of America. 3rd ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott; 1851.
6. The pharmacopoeia of the United States of America. 12th ed. Easton, PA: Mack Printing Company; 1942.
7. Philipsen N, Butler RD, Simon C, et al. Medical marijuana: a primer on ethics, evidence, and politics. Journal Nurse Pract. 2014;10(9):633-640.
8. Marihuana Tax Act of 1937, Pub L No. 75-238, 75th Cong, 50 Stat 551 (1937).
9. Controlled Substances Act, 21 USC §812.
10. Watson SJ, Benson JA, Joy JE, eds. Marijuana and medicine: assessing the science base. Washington, DC: National Academy Press; 1999.
11. California Proposition 215, the medical marijuana initiative (1996). https://ballotpedia.org/California_Proposition_215,_the_Medical_Marijuana_Initiative_(1996). Accessed November 16, 2017.
12. National Conference of State Legislatures. State medical marijuana laws. http://www.ncsl.org/research/health/state-medical-marijuana-laws.aspx. Updated September 14, 2017. Accessed November 16, 2017.
13. Russo EB. Taming THC: potential cannabis synergy and phytocannabinoid-terpenoid entourage effects. Br J Pharmacol. 2011;163(7):1344-1364.
14. Alger BE. Getting high on the endocannabinoid system. Cerebrum. 2013:14. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3997295. Accessed December 5, 2017.
15. Galal AM, Slade D, Gul W, et al. Naturally occurring and related synthetic cannabinoids and their potential therapeutic applications. Recent Pat CNS Drug Discov. 2009;4(2):112-136.
16. Huestis MA. Human cannabinoid pharmacokinetics. Chem Biodivers. 2007;4(8):1770-1804.
17. Cesamet [package insert]. Somerset, NJ: Meda Pharmaceuticals; 2013.
18. Marinol [package insert]. Chicago, IL: AbbVie Inc.; 2017.
19. Sativex [package insert]. Mississauga, Ontario: Bayer Inc.; 2015.
20. Torrance N, Ferguson JA, Afolabi E, et al. Neuropathic pain in the community: more under-treated than refractory? Pain. 2013;154(5):690-699.
21. Finnerup NB, Attal N, Haroutounian S, et al. Pharmacotherapy for neuropathic pain in adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Lancet Neurol. 2015;14(2):162-173.
22. Whiting PF, Wolff RF, Deshpande S, et al. Cannabinoids for medical use: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA. 2015;313(24):2456-2473.
23. Wilsey B, Marcotte, T, Tsodikov A, et al. A randomized, placebo-controlled, crossover trial of cannabis cigarettes in neuropathic pain. J Pain. 2008;9(6):506-521.
24. Ware MA, Wang T, Shapiro S, et al. Smoked cannabis for chronic neuropathic pain: a randomized controlled trial. CMAJ. 2010;182(14):E694-E701.
25. Wilsey B, Marcotte T, Deutsch R, et al. Low-dose vaporized cannabis significantly improves neuropathic pain. J Pain. 2013;14(2):136-148.
26. National Cancer Institute. Treatment-related nausea and vomiting (PDQ®)-health professional version. https://www.cancer.gov/about-cancer/treatment/side-effects/nausea/nausea-hp-pdq. Updated May 10, 2017. Accessed November 7, 2017.
27. Meiri E, Jhangiani H, Vrendenburgh JJ, et al. Efficacy of dronabinol alone and in combination with ondansetron versus ondansetron alone for delayed chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting. Curr Med Res Opin. 2007;23(3):533-543.
28. Tramèr MR, Carroll D, Campbell FA, et al. Cannabinoids for control of chemotherapy induced nausea and vomiting: quantitative systematic review. BMJ. 2001;323(7303):16-21.
29. Smith LA, Azariah F, Lavender VT, et al. Cannabinoids for nausea and vomiting in adults with cancer receiving chemotherapy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2015;(11):CD009464.
30. Maa E, Figi P. The case for medical marijuana in epilepsy. Epilepsia. 2014;55(6):783-786.
31. dos Santos RG, Hallak JE, Leite JP, et al. Phytocannabinoids and epilepsy. J Clin Pharm Ther. 2015;40(2):135-143.
32. Gloss D, Vickrey B. Cannabinoids for epilepsy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(3):CD009270.
33. Yadav V, Bever C Jr, Bowen J, et al. Summary of evidence-based guideline: complementary and alternative medicine in multiple sclerosis: report of the guideline development subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology. 2014;82(12):1083-1092.
34. Corey-Bloom J, Wolfson T, Gamst A, et al. Smoked cannabis for spasticity in multiple sclerosis: a randomized, placebo-controlled trial. CMAJ. 2012;184(10):1143-1150.
35. Zajicek J, Ball S, Wright D, et al; CUPID investigator group. Effect of dronabinol on progression in progressive multiple sclerosis (CUPID): a randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Neurol. 2013;12(9):857-865.
36. Novotna A, Mares J, Ratcliffe S, et al; Sativex Spasticity Study Group. A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, enriched-design study of nabiximols* (Sativex(®)), as add-on therapy, in subjects with refractory spasticity caused by multiple sclerosis. Eur J Neurol. 2011;18(9):1122-1131.
37. Merritt JC, Crawford WJ, Alexander PC, et al. Effect of marihuana on intraocular and blood pressure in glaucoma. Ophthalmology. 1980;87(3):222-228.
38. American Academy of Ophthalmology. American Academy of Ophthalmology reiterates position that marijuana is not a proven treatment for glaucoma. https://www.aao.org/newsroom/news-releases/detail/american-academy-of-ophthalmology-reiterates-posit. Published June 27, 2014. Accessed May 29, 2017.
39. Naftali T, Bar-Lev Schleider L, Dotan I, et al. Cannabis induces a clinical response in patients with Crohn’s disease: a prospective placebo-controlled study. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2013;11(10):1276.e1-1280.e1.
40. Koppel BS Brust JC, Fife T, et al. Systematic review: efficacy and safety of medical marijuana in certain neurological disorders. Report of the Guideline Development Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology. 2014;82(17):1556-1563.
41. Chagas MH, Zuardi AW, Tumas V, et al. Effects of cannabidiol in the treatment of patients with Parkinson’s disease: an exploratory double-blind trial. J Psychopharmacol. 2014;28(11):1088-1098.
42. Carroll CB, Bain PG, Teare L, et al. Cannabis for dyskinesia in Parkinson disease: a randomized double-blind crossover study. Neurology. 2004;63(7):1245-1250.
43. Weber M, Goldman B, Truniger S. Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) for cramps in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis: a randomised, double-blind crossover trial. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2010;81(10):1135-1140.
44. Walther S, Mahlberg R, Eichmann U, et al. Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol for nighttime agitation in severe dementia. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 2006;185(4):524-528.
45. Woodward MR, Harper DG, Stolyar A, et al. Dronabinol for the treatment of agitation and aggressive behavior in acutely hospitalized severely demented patients with noncognitive behavioral symptoms. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2014;22(4):415-419.
46. van den Elsen GA, Ahmed A, Verkes RJ, et al. Tetrahydrocannabinol for neuropsychiatric symptoms in dementia: a randomized controlled trial. Neurology. 2015;84(23):2338-2346.
47. Ahmed AI, van den Elsen GA, Colbers A, et al. Safety, pharmacodynamics, and pharmacokinetics of multiple oral doses of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol in older persons with dementia. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 2015;232(14):25872595.
48. Krishnan S, Cairns R, Howard R. Cannabinoids for the treatment of dementia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2009;(2):CD007204.
49. de Bitencourt RM, Pamplona FA, Takahashi RN. A current overview of cannabinoids and glucocorticoids in facilitating extinction of aversive memories: potential extinction enhancers. Neuropharmacology. 2013;64:389-395.
50. Fraser GA. The use of a synthetic cannabinoid in the management of treatment-resistant nightmares in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). CNS Neurosci Ther. 2009;15(1):84-88.
51. Greer GR, Grob CS, Halberstadt AL. PTSD symptom reports of patients evaluated for the New Mexico Medical Cannabis Program. J Psychoactive Drugs. 2014;46(1):73-77.
52. Cameron C, Watson D, Robinson J. Use of a synthetic cannabinoid in a correctional population for posttraumatic stress disorder-related insomnia and nightmares, chronic pain, harm reduction, and other indications: a retrospective evaluation. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2014;34(5):559-564.
53. Jetly R, Heber A, Fraser G, et al. The efficacy of nabilone, a synthetic cannabinoid, in the treatment of PTSD-associated nightmares: a preliminary randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled cross-over design study. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 2015;51:585-588.
54. Bitencourt RM, Pamplona FA, Takahashi RN. Facilitation of contextual fear, memory extinction, and anti-anxiogenic effects of AM404 and cannabidiol in conditioned rats. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2008;18(12):849-859.
55. Pertwee RG. The diverse CB1 and CB2 receptor pharmacology of three plant cannabinoids: delta-tetrahydrocannabinol, cannabidiol and delta9-tetrahydrocannabivarin. Br J Pharmacol. 2008;153(2):199-215.
56. Thomas A, Baillie GL, Phillips AM, et al. Cannabidiol displays unexpectedly high potency as an antagonist of CB1 and CB2 receptor agonists in vitro. Br J Pharmacol. 2007;150(5):613-623.
57. Das RK, Kamboj SK, Ramadas M, et al. Cannabidiol enhances consolidation of explicit fear extinction in humans. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 2013;226(4):781-792.
58. ElSohly MA, Mehmedic Z, Foster S, et al. Changes in cannabis potency over the last 2 decades (1995-2014): analysis of current data in the United States. Biol Psychiatry. 2016;79(7):613-619.
59. Volkow ND, Swanson JM, Evins AE, et al. Effects of cannabis use on human behavior, including cognition, motivation, and psychosis: a review. JAMA Psychiatry. 2016;73(3):292297.

Issue
January 2018
Issue
January 2018
Page Number
34-41
Page Number
34-41
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Medical marijuana: Do the benefits outweigh the risks?
Display Headline
Medical marijuana: Do the benefits outweigh the risks?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

The evidence on medical marijuana

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 06/17/2019 - 15:30
Display Headline
The evidence on medical marijuana

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Gupta is Clinical Professor, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, New York, and Clinical Professor, University at Buffalo, Buffalo, New York. He is a member of the Current Psychiatry Editorial Board.

Issue
January 2018
Publications
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Gupta is Clinical Professor, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, New York, and Clinical Professor, University at Buffalo, Buffalo, New York. He is a member of the Current Psychiatry Editorial Board.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Gupta is Clinical Professor, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, New York, and Clinical Professor, University at Buffalo, Buffalo, New York. He is a member of the Current Psychiatry Editorial Board.

Issue
January 2018
Issue
January 2018
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
The evidence on medical marijuana
Display Headline
The evidence on medical marijuana
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.

Behavioral Health: Using Rating Scales in a Clinical Setting

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 14:47
Display Headline
Behavioral Health: Using Rating Scales in a Clinical Setting
 

In the current health care environment, there is an increasing demand for objective assessment of disease states.1 This is particularly apparent in the realm of behavioral health, where documentation of outcomes lags that of other areas of medicine.

In 2012, the additional health care costs incurred by persons with mental health diagnoses were estimated to be $293 billion among commercially insured, Medicaid, and Medicare beneficiaries in the United States—a figure that is 273% higher than the cost for those without psychiatric diagnoses.2 Psychiatric and medical illnesses can be so tightly linked that accurate diagnosis and treatment of psychiatric disorders becomes essential to control medical illnesses. It is not surprising that there is increased scrutiny to the ways in which behavioral health care can be objectively assessed and monitored, and payers such as the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services increasingly require objective documentation of disease state improvement for payment.3

Support for objective assessment of disease derives from the collaborative care model. This model is designed to better integrate mental health and primary care (among other practices) by establishing the Patient-Centered Medical Home and emphasizing screening and monitoring patient-reported outcomes over time to assess treatment response.4 This approach, which is endorsed by the American Psychiatric Association, is associated with significant improvements in outcomes compared with usual care.5 It tracks patient progress using validated clinical rating scales and other screening tools (eg, Patient Health Questionnaire [PHQ-9] for depression), an approach that is analogous to how patients with type 2 diabetes are monitored by A1C lab tests.6 An extensive body of research supports the impact of this approach on treatment. A 2012 Cochrane review associated collaborative care with significant improvements in depression and anxiety outcomes compared with usual treatment.7

Despite these findings, a recent Kennedy Forum brief asserts that behavioral health is characterized by a "lack of systematic measurement to determine whether patients are responding to treatment."8 That same brief points to the many validated, easy-to-administer rating scales and screening tools that can reliably measure the frequency and severity of psychiatric symptoms over time, and likens the lack of their use to "treating high blood pressure without using a blood pressure cuff to measure if a patient's blood pressure is improving."8 In fact, it is estimated that only 18% of psychiatrists and 11% of psychologists use rating scales routinely.9,10 This lack of use denies clinicians important information that can help detect deterioration or lack of improvement in their patients; implementing these scales in primary care can help early detection of behavioral health problems.

Behavioral health is replete with rating scales and screening tools, and the number of competing scales can make choosing a measure difficult.1 Nonetheless, not all scales are appropriate for clinical use; many are designed for research, for instance, and are lengthy and difficult to administer.

Let's review a number of rating scales that are brief, useful, and easy to administer. A framework for the screening tools addressed in this article is available on the federally funded Center for Integrated Health Solutions website (www.integration.samhsa.gov). This site promotes the use of tools designed to assist in screening and monitoring for depression, anxiety, bipolar disorder, substance use, and suicidality.11

QUALITY CRITERIA FOR RATING SCALES

The quality of a rating scale is determined by the following attributes.

Objectivity. The ability of a scale to obtain the same results, regardless of who administers, analyzes, or interprets it.

Reliability. The ability of a scale to convey consistent and reproducible information across time, patients, and raters.

Validity. The degree to which the scale measures what it is supposed to measure (eg, depressive symptoms). Sensitivity and specificity are measures of validity and provide additional information about the rating scale; namely, whether the scale can detect the presence of a disease (sensitivity) and whether it detects only that disease or condition and not another (specificity).

Establishment of norms. Whether a scale provides reference values for different clinical groups.

Practicability. The resources required to administer the assessment instrument in terms of time, staff, and material.12

In addition to meeting these quality criteria, selection of a scale can be based on whether it is self-rated or observer-rated. Advantages to self-rated scales, such as the PHQ-9, Mood Disorder Questionnaire (MDQ), and Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item (GAD-7) scale, are their practicability—they are easy to administer and don't require much time—and their use in evaluating and raising awareness of subjective states.

 

 

 

However, reliability may be a concern, as some patients may lack insight or exaggerate or mask symptoms when completing such scales.13 Both observer- and self-rated scales can be used together to minimize bias, identify symptoms that might have been missed/not addressed in the clinical interview, and drive clinical decision-making. Both can also help patients communicate with their providers and make them feel more involved in clinical decision-making.8

ENDORSED RATING SCALES

The following scales have met many of the quality criteria described here and are endorsed by the government payer system. They can easily be incorporated into clinical practice and will provide useful clinical information that can assist in diagnosis and monitoring patient outcomes.

Patient Health Questionnaire

PHQ-9 is a nine-item self-report questionnaire that can help to detect depression and supplement a thorough mental health interview. It scores the nine DSM-IV criteria for depression on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 3 (nearly every day). It is a public resource that is easy to find online, available without cost in several languages, and takes just a few minutes to complete.14

PHQ-9 has shown excellent test-retest reliability in screening for depression, and normative data on the instrument's use are available in various clinical populations.15 Research has shown that as PHQ-9 depression scores increase, functional status decreases, while depressive symptoms, sick days, and health care utilization increase.15 In one study, a PHQ-9 score of ≥ 10 had 88% sensitivity and specificity for detecting depression, with scores of 5, 10, 15, and 20 indicating mild, moderate, moderately severe, and severe depression, respectively.16 In addition to its use as a screening tool, PHQ-9 is a responsive and reliable measure of depression treatment outcomes.17

Mood Disorder Questionnaire

MDQ is another brief, self-report questionnaire that is available online. It is designed to identify and monitor patients who are likely to meet diagnostic criteria for bipolar disorder.18,19

The first question on the MDQ asks if the patient has experienced any of 13 common mood and behavior symptoms. The second question asks if these symptoms have ever occurred at the same time, and the third asks the degree to which the patient finds the symptoms to be problematic. The remaining two questions provide additional clinical information, addressing family history of manic-depressive illness or bipolar disorder and whether a diagnosis of either disorder has been made.

The MDQ has shown validity in assessing bipolar disorder symptoms in a general population, although recent research suggests that imprecise recall bias may limit its reliability in detecting hypomanic episodes earlier in life.20,21 Nonetheless, its specificity of > 97% means that it will effectively screen out just about all true negatives.18

Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item scale

The GAD-7 scale is a brief, self-administered questionnaire for screening and measuring severity of GAD.22 It asks patients to rate seven items that represent problems with general anxiety and scores each item on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 3 (nearly every day). Similar to the other measures, it is easily accessible online.

Research evidence supports the reliability and validity of GAD-7 as a measure of anxiety in the general population. Sensitivity and specificity are 89% and 82%, respectively. Normative data for age- and sex-specific subgroups support its use across age groups and in both males and females.23 The GAD-7 performs well for detecting and monitoring not only GAD but also panic disorder, social anxiety disorder, and posttraumatic stress disorder.24

CAGE questionnaire for detection of substance use

The CAGE questionnaire is a widely used screening tool that was originally developed to detect alcohol abuse but has been adapted to assess other substance abuse.25,26 The omission of substance abuse from diagnostic consideration can have a major effect on quality of care, because substance abuse can be the underlying cause of other diseases. Therefore, routine administration of this instrument in clinical practice can lead to better understanding and monitoring of patient health.27

Similar to other instruments, CAGE is free and available online.27 It contains four simple questions, with 1 point assigned to each positive answer (see Table); the simple mnemonic makes the questions easy to ­remember and to administer in a clinical setting.

CAGE has demonstrated validity, with one study determining that scores ≥ 2 had a specificity and sensitivity of 76% and 93%, respectively, for identifying excessive drinking, and a specificity and sensitivity of 77% and 91%, respectively, for identifying alcohol abuse.28

 

 

 

Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS)

C-SSRS was developed by researchers at Columbia University to assess the severity of and track changes over time in suicidal ideation and behavior. C-SSRS is two pages and takes only a few minutes to administer; however, it also may be completed as a self-report measure. The questions are phrased in an interview format, and while clinicians are encouraged to receive training prior to its administration, specific training in mental health is not required.

The "Lifetime/Recent" version allows practitioners to gather lifetime history of suicidality as well as any recent suicidal ideation and/or behavior, whereas the "Since Last Visit" version of the scale assesses suicidality in patients who have completed at least one Lifetime/Recent C-SSRS assessment. A truncated, six-item "Screener" version is typically used in emergency situations. A risk assessment can be added to either the Full or Screener version to summarize the answers from C-SSRS and document risk and protective factors.29

Several studies have found C-SSRS to be reliable and valid for identifying suicide risk in children and adults.30,31USA Today reported that an individual exhibiting even a single behavior identified by the scale is eight to 10 times more likely to complete suicide.32 In addition, the C-SSRS has helped reduce the suicide rate by 65% in one of the largest providers of community-based behavioral health care in the United States.32

USING SCALES TO AUGMENT CARE

Each of the scales described in this article can easily be incorporated into clinical practice. The information the scales provide can be used to track progression of symptoms and effectiveness of treatment. Although rating scales should never be used alone to establish a diagnosis or clinical treatment plan, they can and should be used to augment information from the clinician's assessment and follow-up interviews.5

References

1. McDowell I. Measuring Health: A Guide to Rating Scales and Questionnaires. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2006.
2. Kennedy Forum. Fixing behavioral health care in America: a national call for integrating and coordinating specialty behavioral health care with the medical system. http://thekennedyforum-dot-org.s3.amazonaws.com/documents/KennedyForum-BehavioralHealth_FINAL_3.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
3. The Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology. Behavioral health (BH) Clinical Quality Measures (CQMs) Program initiatives. www.healthit.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/2012-09-27-behavioral-health-clinical-quality-measures-program-initiatives-public-forum.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017.
4. Unutzer J, Harbin H, Schoenbaum M. The collaborative care model: an approach for integrating physical and mental health care in Medicaid health homes. www.medicaid.gov/State-Resource-Center/Medicaid-State-Technical-Assistance/Health-Homes-Technical-Assistance/Downloads/HH-IRC-Collaborative-5-13.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
5. World Group On Psychiatric Evaluation; American Psychiatric Association Steering Committee On Practice Guidelines. Practice guideline for the psychiatric evaluation of adults. 2nd ed. http://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/psychevaladults.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
6. Melek S, Norris D, Paulus J. Economic Impact of Integrated Medical-Behavioral Healthcare: Implications for Psychiatry. Denver, CO: Milliman, Inc; 2014. 
7. Archer J, Bower P, Gilbody S, et al. Collaborative care for depression and anxiety problems. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;10:CD006525. 
8. Kennedy Forum. Fixing behavioral health care in America: a national call for measurement-based care.  www.thekennedyforum.org/a-national-call-for-measurement-based-care/. Accessed August 14, 2017.
9. Zimmerman M, McGlinchey JB. Why don't psychiatrists use scales to measure outcome when treating depressed patients? J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(12):1916-1919. 
10. Hatfield D, McCullough L, Frantz SH, et al. Do we know when our clients get worse? An investigation of therapists' ability to detect negative client change. Clin Psychol Psychother. 2010;17(1):25-32.
11. SAMHSA-HRSA Center for Integrated Solutions. Screening tools. www.integration.samhsa.gov/clinical-practice/screening-tools. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
12. Moller HJ. Standardised rating scales in psychiatry: methodological basis, their possibilities and limitations and descriptions of important rating scales. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2009;10(1):6-26.
13. Sajatovic M, Ramirez LF. Rating Scales in Mental Health. 2nd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2003.
14. Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9). www.agencymeddirectors.wa.gov/files/AssessmentTools/14-PHQ-9%20overview.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017.
15. Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9). Rehab Measures Web site. www.rehabmeasures.org/Lists/RehabMeasures/DispForm.aspx?ID=954. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
16. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB. The PHQ-9: validity of a brief depression severity measure. J Gen Intern Med. 2001;16(9):606-613. 
17. Löwe B, Unützer J, Callahan CM, et al. Monitoring depression treatment outcomes with the Patient Health Questionnaire-9. Med Care. 2004;42(12):1194-1201.
18. Ketter TA. Strategies for monitoring outcomes in patients with bipolar disorder. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;12(suppl 1):10-16.
19. The Mood Disorder Questionnaire. University of Texas Medical Branch. www.dbsalliance.org/pdfs/MDQ.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017.
20. Hirschfeld RM, Holzer C, Calabrese JR, et al. Validity of the Mood Disorder Questionnaire: a general population study. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(1):178-180.
21. Boschloo L, Nolen WA, Spijker AT, et al. The Mood Disorder Questionnaire (MDQ) for detecting (hypo) manic episodes: its validity and impact of recall bias. J Affect Disord. 2013;151(1):203-208.
22. Spitzer RL, Kroenke K, Williams JB, et al. A brief measure for assessing generalized anxiety disorder: the GAD-7. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166(10):1092-1097.
23. Lowe B, Decker O, Müller S, et al. Validation and standardization of the Generalized Anxiety Disorder Screener (GAD-7) in the general population. Med Care. 2008;46(3):266-274. 
24. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB, et al. Anxiety disorders in primary care: prevalence, impairment, comorbidity, and detection. Ann Intern Med. 2007;146(5):317-325.
25. Ewing JA. Detecting alcoholism. The CAGE Questionnaire. JAMA. 1984;252(14):1905-1907.
26. CAGE substance abuse screening tool. Johns Hopkins Medicine. www.hopkinsmedicine.org/johns_hopkins_healthcare/downloads/cage%20substance%20screening%20tool.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017.
27. O'Brien CP. The CAGE questionnaire for detection of alcoholism: a remarkably useful but simple tool. JAMA. 2008;300(17):2054-2056. 
28. Bernadt MW, Mumford J, Taylor C, et al. Comparison of questionnaire and laboratory tests in the detection of excessive drinking and alcoholism. Lancet. 1982;1(8267):325-328. 
29. Columbia Suicide-Severity Rating Scale (CS-SRS). http://cssrs.columbia.edu/the-columbia-scale-c-ssrs/cssrs-for-communities-and-healthcare/#filter=.general-use.english. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
30. Mundt JC, Greist JH, Jefferson JW, et al. Prediction of suicidal behavior in clinical research by lifetime suicidal ideation and behavior ascertained by the electronic Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale. J Clin Psychiatry. 2013;74(9):887-893.
31. Posner K, Brown GK, Stanley B, et al. The Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale: initial validity and internal consistency findings from three multisite studies with adolescents and adults. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168(12):1266-1277. 
32. Esposito L. Suicide checklist spots people at highest risk. USA Today. http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/news/health/story/health/story/2011-11-09/Suicide-checklist-spots-peo ple-at-highest-risk/51135944/1. Accessed August 14, 2017.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Julie M. Wood is a Consultant Medical Liaison of Neuroscience at Lilly USA, LLC, in Indianapolis. Sanjay Gupta is a Clinical Professor in the Department of Psychiatry at SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, and at SUNY Buffalo School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences.

The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

This article was originally published in Current Psychiatry (2017;16[2]:21-25).

Issue
Clinician Reviews - 27(9)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
28-31,33
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Julie M. Wood is a Consultant Medical Liaison of Neuroscience at Lilly USA, LLC, in Indianapolis. Sanjay Gupta is a Clinical Professor in the Department of Psychiatry at SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, and at SUNY Buffalo School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences.

The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

This article was originally published in Current Psychiatry (2017;16[2]:21-25).

Author and Disclosure Information

Julie M. Wood is a Consultant Medical Liaison of Neuroscience at Lilly USA, LLC, in Indianapolis. Sanjay Gupta is a Clinical Professor in the Department of Psychiatry at SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, and at SUNY Buffalo School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences.

The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

This article was originally published in Current Psychiatry (2017;16[2]:21-25).

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles
 

In the current health care environment, there is an increasing demand for objective assessment of disease states.1 This is particularly apparent in the realm of behavioral health, where documentation of outcomes lags that of other areas of medicine.

In 2012, the additional health care costs incurred by persons with mental health diagnoses were estimated to be $293 billion among commercially insured, Medicaid, and Medicare beneficiaries in the United States—a figure that is 273% higher than the cost for those without psychiatric diagnoses.2 Psychiatric and medical illnesses can be so tightly linked that accurate diagnosis and treatment of psychiatric disorders becomes essential to control medical illnesses. It is not surprising that there is increased scrutiny to the ways in which behavioral health care can be objectively assessed and monitored, and payers such as the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services increasingly require objective documentation of disease state improvement for payment.3

Support for objective assessment of disease derives from the collaborative care model. This model is designed to better integrate mental health and primary care (among other practices) by establishing the Patient-Centered Medical Home and emphasizing screening and monitoring patient-reported outcomes over time to assess treatment response.4 This approach, which is endorsed by the American Psychiatric Association, is associated with significant improvements in outcomes compared with usual care.5 It tracks patient progress using validated clinical rating scales and other screening tools (eg, Patient Health Questionnaire [PHQ-9] for depression), an approach that is analogous to how patients with type 2 diabetes are monitored by A1C lab tests.6 An extensive body of research supports the impact of this approach on treatment. A 2012 Cochrane review associated collaborative care with significant improvements in depression and anxiety outcomes compared with usual treatment.7

Despite these findings, a recent Kennedy Forum brief asserts that behavioral health is characterized by a "lack of systematic measurement to determine whether patients are responding to treatment."8 That same brief points to the many validated, easy-to-administer rating scales and screening tools that can reliably measure the frequency and severity of psychiatric symptoms over time, and likens the lack of their use to "treating high blood pressure without using a blood pressure cuff to measure if a patient's blood pressure is improving."8 In fact, it is estimated that only 18% of psychiatrists and 11% of psychologists use rating scales routinely.9,10 This lack of use denies clinicians important information that can help detect deterioration or lack of improvement in their patients; implementing these scales in primary care can help early detection of behavioral health problems.

Behavioral health is replete with rating scales and screening tools, and the number of competing scales can make choosing a measure difficult.1 Nonetheless, not all scales are appropriate for clinical use; many are designed for research, for instance, and are lengthy and difficult to administer.

Let's review a number of rating scales that are brief, useful, and easy to administer. A framework for the screening tools addressed in this article is available on the federally funded Center for Integrated Health Solutions website (www.integration.samhsa.gov). This site promotes the use of tools designed to assist in screening and monitoring for depression, anxiety, bipolar disorder, substance use, and suicidality.11

QUALITY CRITERIA FOR RATING SCALES

The quality of a rating scale is determined by the following attributes.

Objectivity. The ability of a scale to obtain the same results, regardless of who administers, analyzes, or interprets it.

Reliability. The ability of a scale to convey consistent and reproducible information across time, patients, and raters.

Validity. The degree to which the scale measures what it is supposed to measure (eg, depressive symptoms). Sensitivity and specificity are measures of validity and provide additional information about the rating scale; namely, whether the scale can detect the presence of a disease (sensitivity) and whether it detects only that disease or condition and not another (specificity).

Establishment of norms. Whether a scale provides reference values for different clinical groups.

Practicability. The resources required to administer the assessment instrument in terms of time, staff, and material.12

In addition to meeting these quality criteria, selection of a scale can be based on whether it is self-rated or observer-rated. Advantages to self-rated scales, such as the PHQ-9, Mood Disorder Questionnaire (MDQ), and Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item (GAD-7) scale, are their practicability—they are easy to administer and don't require much time—and their use in evaluating and raising awareness of subjective states.

 

 

 

However, reliability may be a concern, as some patients may lack insight or exaggerate or mask symptoms when completing such scales.13 Both observer- and self-rated scales can be used together to minimize bias, identify symptoms that might have been missed/not addressed in the clinical interview, and drive clinical decision-making. Both can also help patients communicate with their providers and make them feel more involved in clinical decision-making.8

ENDORSED RATING SCALES

The following scales have met many of the quality criteria described here and are endorsed by the government payer system. They can easily be incorporated into clinical practice and will provide useful clinical information that can assist in diagnosis and monitoring patient outcomes.

Patient Health Questionnaire

PHQ-9 is a nine-item self-report questionnaire that can help to detect depression and supplement a thorough mental health interview. It scores the nine DSM-IV criteria for depression on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 3 (nearly every day). It is a public resource that is easy to find online, available without cost in several languages, and takes just a few minutes to complete.14

PHQ-9 has shown excellent test-retest reliability in screening for depression, and normative data on the instrument's use are available in various clinical populations.15 Research has shown that as PHQ-9 depression scores increase, functional status decreases, while depressive symptoms, sick days, and health care utilization increase.15 In one study, a PHQ-9 score of ≥ 10 had 88% sensitivity and specificity for detecting depression, with scores of 5, 10, 15, and 20 indicating mild, moderate, moderately severe, and severe depression, respectively.16 In addition to its use as a screening tool, PHQ-9 is a responsive and reliable measure of depression treatment outcomes.17

Mood Disorder Questionnaire

MDQ is another brief, self-report questionnaire that is available online. It is designed to identify and monitor patients who are likely to meet diagnostic criteria for bipolar disorder.18,19

The first question on the MDQ asks if the patient has experienced any of 13 common mood and behavior symptoms. The second question asks if these symptoms have ever occurred at the same time, and the third asks the degree to which the patient finds the symptoms to be problematic. The remaining two questions provide additional clinical information, addressing family history of manic-depressive illness or bipolar disorder and whether a diagnosis of either disorder has been made.

The MDQ has shown validity in assessing bipolar disorder symptoms in a general population, although recent research suggests that imprecise recall bias may limit its reliability in detecting hypomanic episodes earlier in life.20,21 Nonetheless, its specificity of > 97% means that it will effectively screen out just about all true negatives.18

Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item scale

The GAD-7 scale is a brief, self-administered questionnaire for screening and measuring severity of GAD.22 It asks patients to rate seven items that represent problems with general anxiety and scores each item on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 3 (nearly every day). Similar to the other measures, it is easily accessible online.

Research evidence supports the reliability and validity of GAD-7 as a measure of anxiety in the general population. Sensitivity and specificity are 89% and 82%, respectively. Normative data for age- and sex-specific subgroups support its use across age groups and in both males and females.23 The GAD-7 performs well for detecting and monitoring not only GAD but also panic disorder, social anxiety disorder, and posttraumatic stress disorder.24

CAGE questionnaire for detection of substance use

The CAGE questionnaire is a widely used screening tool that was originally developed to detect alcohol abuse but has been adapted to assess other substance abuse.25,26 The omission of substance abuse from diagnostic consideration can have a major effect on quality of care, because substance abuse can be the underlying cause of other diseases. Therefore, routine administration of this instrument in clinical practice can lead to better understanding and monitoring of patient health.27

Similar to other instruments, CAGE is free and available online.27 It contains four simple questions, with 1 point assigned to each positive answer (see Table); the simple mnemonic makes the questions easy to ­remember and to administer in a clinical setting.

CAGE has demonstrated validity, with one study determining that scores ≥ 2 had a specificity and sensitivity of 76% and 93%, respectively, for identifying excessive drinking, and a specificity and sensitivity of 77% and 91%, respectively, for identifying alcohol abuse.28

 

 

 

Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS)

C-SSRS was developed by researchers at Columbia University to assess the severity of and track changes over time in suicidal ideation and behavior. C-SSRS is two pages and takes only a few minutes to administer; however, it also may be completed as a self-report measure. The questions are phrased in an interview format, and while clinicians are encouraged to receive training prior to its administration, specific training in mental health is not required.

The "Lifetime/Recent" version allows practitioners to gather lifetime history of suicidality as well as any recent suicidal ideation and/or behavior, whereas the "Since Last Visit" version of the scale assesses suicidality in patients who have completed at least one Lifetime/Recent C-SSRS assessment. A truncated, six-item "Screener" version is typically used in emergency situations. A risk assessment can be added to either the Full or Screener version to summarize the answers from C-SSRS and document risk and protective factors.29

Several studies have found C-SSRS to be reliable and valid for identifying suicide risk in children and adults.30,31USA Today reported that an individual exhibiting even a single behavior identified by the scale is eight to 10 times more likely to complete suicide.32 In addition, the C-SSRS has helped reduce the suicide rate by 65% in one of the largest providers of community-based behavioral health care in the United States.32

USING SCALES TO AUGMENT CARE

Each of the scales described in this article can easily be incorporated into clinical practice. The information the scales provide can be used to track progression of symptoms and effectiveness of treatment. Although rating scales should never be used alone to establish a diagnosis or clinical treatment plan, they can and should be used to augment information from the clinician's assessment and follow-up interviews.5

 

In the current health care environment, there is an increasing demand for objective assessment of disease states.1 This is particularly apparent in the realm of behavioral health, where documentation of outcomes lags that of other areas of medicine.

In 2012, the additional health care costs incurred by persons with mental health diagnoses were estimated to be $293 billion among commercially insured, Medicaid, and Medicare beneficiaries in the United States—a figure that is 273% higher than the cost for those without psychiatric diagnoses.2 Psychiatric and medical illnesses can be so tightly linked that accurate diagnosis and treatment of psychiatric disorders becomes essential to control medical illnesses. It is not surprising that there is increased scrutiny to the ways in which behavioral health care can be objectively assessed and monitored, and payers such as the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services increasingly require objective documentation of disease state improvement for payment.3

Support for objective assessment of disease derives from the collaborative care model. This model is designed to better integrate mental health and primary care (among other practices) by establishing the Patient-Centered Medical Home and emphasizing screening and monitoring patient-reported outcomes over time to assess treatment response.4 This approach, which is endorsed by the American Psychiatric Association, is associated with significant improvements in outcomes compared with usual care.5 It tracks patient progress using validated clinical rating scales and other screening tools (eg, Patient Health Questionnaire [PHQ-9] for depression), an approach that is analogous to how patients with type 2 diabetes are monitored by A1C lab tests.6 An extensive body of research supports the impact of this approach on treatment. A 2012 Cochrane review associated collaborative care with significant improvements in depression and anxiety outcomes compared with usual treatment.7

Despite these findings, a recent Kennedy Forum brief asserts that behavioral health is characterized by a "lack of systematic measurement to determine whether patients are responding to treatment."8 That same brief points to the many validated, easy-to-administer rating scales and screening tools that can reliably measure the frequency and severity of psychiatric symptoms over time, and likens the lack of their use to "treating high blood pressure without using a blood pressure cuff to measure if a patient's blood pressure is improving."8 In fact, it is estimated that only 18% of psychiatrists and 11% of psychologists use rating scales routinely.9,10 This lack of use denies clinicians important information that can help detect deterioration or lack of improvement in their patients; implementing these scales in primary care can help early detection of behavioral health problems.

Behavioral health is replete with rating scales and screening tools, and the number of competing scales can make choosing a measure difficult.1 Nonetheless, not all scales are appropriate for clinical use; many are designed for research, for instance, and are lengthy and difficult to administer.

Let's review a number of rating scales that are brief, useful, and easy to administer. A framework for the screening tools addressed in this article is available on the federally funded Center for Integrated Health Solutions website (www.integration.samhsa.gov). This site promotes the use of tools designed to assist in screening and monitoring for depression, anxiety, bipolar disorder, substance use, and suicidality.11

QUALITY CRITERIA FOR RATING SCALES

The quality of a rating scale is determined by the following attributes.

Objectivity. The ability of a scale to obtain the same results, regardless of who administers, analyzes, or interprets it.

Reliability. The ability of a scale to convey consistent and reproducible information across time, patients, and raters.

Validity. The degree to which the scale measures what it is supposed to measure (eg, depressive symptoms). Sensitivity and specificity are measures of validity and provide additional information about the rating scale; namely, whether the scale can detect the presence of a disease (sensitivity) and whether it detects only that disease or condition and not another (specificity).

Establishment of norms. Whether a scale provides reference values for different clinical groups.

Practicability. The resources required to administer the assessment instrument in terms of time, staff, and material.12

In addition to meeting these quality criteria, selection of a scale can be based on whether it is self-rated or observer-rated. Advantages to self-rated scales, such as the PHQ-9, Mood Disorder Questionnaire (MDQ), and Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item (GAD-7) scale, are their practicability—they are easy to administer and don't require much time—and their use in evaluating and raising awareness of subjective states.

 

 

 

However, reliability may be a concern, as some patients may lack insight or exaggerate or mask symptoms when completing such scales.13 Both observer- and self-rated scales can be used together to minimize bias, identify symptoms that might have been missed/not addressed in the clinical interview, and drive clinical decision-making. Both can also help patients communicate with their providers and make them feel more involved in clinical decision-making.8

ENDORSED RATING SCALES

The following scales have met many of the quality criteria described here and are endorsed by the government payer system. They can easily be incorporated into clinical practice and will provide useful clinical information that can assist in diagnosis and monitoring patient outcomes.

Patient Health Questionnaire

PHQ-9 is a nine-item self-report questionnaire that can help to detect depression and supplement a thorough mental health interview. It scores the nine DSM-IV criteria for depression on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 3 (nearly every day). It is a public resource that is easy to find online, available without cost in several languages, and takes just a few minutes to complete.14

PHQ-9 has shown excellent test-retest reliability in screening for depression, and normative data on the instrument's use are available in various clinical populations.15 Research has shown that as PHQ-9 depression scores increase, functional status decreases, while depressive symptoms, sick days, and health care utilization increase.15 In one study, a PHQ-9 score of ≥ 10 had 88% sensitivity and specificity for detecting depression, with scores of 5, 10, 15, and 20 indicating mild, moderate, moderately severe, and severe depression, respectively.16 In addition to its use as a screening tool, PHQ-9 is a responsive and reliable measure of depression treatment outcomes.17

Mood Disorder Questionnaire

MDQ is another brief, self-report questionnaire that is available online. It is designed to identify and monitor patients who are likely to meet diagnostic criteria for bipolar disorder.18,19

The first question on the MDQ asks if the patient has experienced any of 13 common mood and behavior symptoms. The second question asks if these symptoms have ever occurred at the same time, and the third asks the degree to which the patient finds the symptoms to be problematic. The remaining two questions provide additional clinical information, addressing family history of manic-depressive illness or bipolar disorder and whether a diagnosis of either disorder has been made.

The MDQ has shown validity in assessing bipolar disorder symptoms in a general population, although recent research suggests that imprecise recall bias may limit its reliability in detecting hypomanic episodes earlier in life.20,21 Nonetheless, its specificity of > 97% means that it will effectively screen out just about all true negatives.18

Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item scale

The GAD-7 scale is a brief, self-administered questionnaire for screening and measuring severity of GAD.22 It asks patients to rate seven items that represent problems with general anxiety and scores each item on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 3 (nearly every day). Similar to the other measures, it is easily accessible online.

Research evidence supports the reliability and validity of GAD-7 as a measure of anxiety in the general population. Sensitivity and specificity are 89% and 82%, respectively. Normative data for age- and sex-specific subgroups support its use across age groups and in both males and females.23 The GAD-7 performs well for detecting and monitoring not only GAD but also panic disorder, social anxiety disorder, and posttraumatic stress disorder.24

CAGE questionnaire for detection of substance use

The CAGE questionnaire is a widely used screening tool that was originally developed to detect alcohol abuse but has been adapted to assess other substance abuse.25,26 The omission of substance abuse from diagnostic consideration can have a major effect on quality of care, because substance abuse can be the underlying cause of other diseases. Therefore, routine administration of this instrument in clinical practice can lead to better understanding and monitoring of patient health.27

Similar to other instruments, CAGE is free and available online.27 It contains four simple questions, with 1 point assigned to each positive answer (see Table); the simple mnemonic makes the questions easy to ­remember and to administer in a clinical setting.

CAGE has demonstrated validity, with one study determining that scores ≥ 2 had a specificity and sensitivity of 76% and 93%, respectively, for identifying excessive drinking, and a specificity and sensitivity of 77% and 91%, respectively, for identifying alcohol abuse.28

 

 

 

Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS)

C-SSRS was developed by researchers at Columbia University to assess the severity of and track changes over time in suicidal ideation and behavior. C-SSRS is two pages and takes only a few minutes to administer; however, it also may be completed as a self-report measure. The questions are phrased in an interview format, and while clinicians are encouraged to receive training prior to its administration, specific training in mental health is not required.

The "Lifetime/Recent" version allows practitioners to gather lifetime history of suicidality as well as any recent suicidal ideation and/or behavior, whereas the "Since Last Visit" version of the scale assesses suicidality in patients who have completed at least one Lifetime/Recent C-SSRS assessment. A truncated, six-item "Screener" version is typically used in emergency situations. A risk assessment can be added to either the Full or Screener version to summarize the answers from C-SSRS and document risk and protective factors.29

Several studies have found C-SSRS to be reliable and valid for identifying suicide risk in children and adults.30,31USA Today reported that an individual exhibiting even a single behavior identified by the scale is eight to 10 times more likely to complete suicide.32 In addition, the C-SSRS has helped reduce the suicide rate by 65% in one of the largest providers of community-based behavioral health care in the United States.32

USING SCALES TO AUGMENT CARE

Each of the scales described in this article can easily be incorporated into clinical practice. The information the scales provide can be used to track progression of symptoms and effectiveness of treatment. Although rating scales should never be used alone to establish a diagnosis or clinical treatment plan, they can and should be used to augment information from the clinician's assessment and follow-up interviews.5

References

1. McDowell I. Measuring Health: A Guide to Rating Scales and Questionnaires. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2006.
2. Kennedy Forum. Fixing behavioral health care in America: a national call for integrating and coordinating specialty behavioral health care with the medical system. http://thekennedyforum-dot-org.s3.amazonaws.com/documents/KennedyForum-BehavioralHealth_FINAL_3.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
3. The Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology. Behavioral health (BH) Clinical Quality Measures (CQMs) Program initiatives. www.healthit.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/2012-09-27-behavioral-health-clinical-quality-measures-program-initiatives-public-forum.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017.
4. Unutzer J, Harbin H, Schoenbaum M. The collaborative care model: an approach for integrating physical and mental health care in Medicaid health homes. www.medicaid.gov/State-Resource-Center/Medicaid-State-Technical-Assistance/Health-Homes-Technical-Assistance/Downloads/HH-IRC-Collaborative-5-13.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
5. World Group On Psychiatric Evaluation; American Psychiatric Association Steering Committee On Practice Guidelines. Practice guideline for the psychiatric evaluation of adults. 2nd ed. http://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/psychevaladults.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
6. Melek S, Norris D, Paulus J. Economic Impact of Integrated Medical-Behavioral Healthcare: Implications for Psychiatry. Denver, CO: Milliman, Inc; 2014. 
7. Archer J, Bower P, Gilbody S, et al. Collaborative care for depression and anxiety problems. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;10:CD006525. 
8. Kennedy Forum. Fixing behavioral health care in America: a national call for measurement-based care.  www.thekennedyforum.org/a-national-call-for-measurement-based-care/. Accessed August 14, 2017.
9. Zimmerman M, McGlinchey JB. Why don't psychiatrists use scales to measure outcome when treating depressed patients? J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(12):1916-1919. 
10. Hatfield D, McCullough L, Frantz SH, et al. Do we know when our clients get worse? An investigation of therapists' ability to detect negative client change. Clin Psychol Psychother. 2010;17(1):25-32.
11. SAMHSA-HRSA Center for Integrated Solutions. Screening tools. www.integration.samhsa.gov/clinical-practice/screening-tools. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
12. Moller HJ. Standardised rating scales in psychiatry: methodological basis, their possibilities and limitations and descriptions of important rating scales. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2009;10(1):6-26.
13. Sajatovic M, Ramirez LF. Rating Scales in Mental Health. 2nd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2003.
14. Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9). www.agencymeddirectors.wa.gov/files/AssessmentTools/14-PHQ-9%20overview.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017.
15. Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9). Rehab Measures Web site. www.rehabmeasures.org/Lists/RehabMeasures/DispForm.aspx?ID=954. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
16. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB. The PHQ-9: validity of a brief depression severity measure. J Gen Intern Med. 2001;16(9):606-613. 
17. Löwe B, Unützer J, Callahan CM, et al. Monitoring depression treatment outcomes with the Patient Health Questionnaire-9. Med Care. 2004;42(12):1194-1201.
18. Ketter TA. Strategies for monitoring outcomes in patients with bipolar disorder. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;12(suppl 1):10-16.
19. The Mood Disorder Questionnaire. University of Texas Medical Branch. www.dbsalliance.org/pdfs/MDQ.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017.
20. Hirschfeld RM, Holzer C, Calabrese JR, et al. Validity of the Mood Disorder Questionnaire: a general population study. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(1):178-180.
21. Boschloo L, Nolen WA, Spijker AT, et al. The Mood Disorder Questionnaire (MDQ) for detecting (hypo) manic episodes: its validity and impact of recall bias. J Affect Disord. 2013;151(1):203-208.
22. Spitzer RL, Kroenke K, Williams JB, et al. A brief measure for assessing generalized anxiety disorder: the GAD-7. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166(10):1092-1097.
23. Lowe B, Decker O, Müller S, et al. Validation and standardization of the Generalized Anxiety Disorder Screener (GAD-7) in the general population. Med Care. 2008;46(3):266-274. 
24. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB, et al. Anxiety disorders in primary care: prevalence, impairment, comorbidity, and detection. Ann Intern Med. 2007;146(5):317-325.
25. Ewing JA. Detecting alcoholism. The CAGE Questionnaire. JAMA. 1984;252(14):1905-1907.
26. CAGE substance abuse screening tool. Johns Hopkins Medicine. www.hopkinsmedicine.org/johns_hopkins_healthcare/downloads/cage%20substance%20screening%20tool.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017.
27. O'Brien CP. The CAGE questionnaire for detection of alcoholism: a remarkably useful but simple tool. JAMA. 2008;300(17):2054-2056. 
28. Bernadt MW, Mumford J, Taylor C, et al. Comparison of questionnaire and laboratory tests in the detection of excessive drinking and alcoholism. Lancet. 1982;1(8267):325-328. 
29. Columbia Suicide-Severity Rating Scale (CS-SRS). http://cssrs.columbia.edu/the-columbia-scale-c-ssrs/cssrs-for-communities-and-healthcare/#filter=.general-use.english. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
30. Mundt JC, Greist JH, Jefferson JW, et al. Prediction of suicidal behavior in clinical research by lifetime suicidal ideation and behavior ascertained by the electronic Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale. J Clin Psychiatry. 2013;74(9):887-893.
31. Posner K, Brown GK, Stanley B, et al. The Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale: initial validity and internal consistency findings from three multisite studies with adolescents and adults. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168(12):1266-1277. 
32. Esposito L. Suicide checklist spots people at highest risk. USA Today. http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/news/health/story/health/story/2011-11-09/Suicide-checklist-spots-peo ple-at-highest-risk/51135944/1. Accessed August 14, 2017.

References

1. McDowell I. Measuring Health: A Guide to Rating Scales and Questionnaires. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2006.
2. Kennedy Forum. Fixing behavioral health care in America: a national call for integrating and coordinating specialty behavioral health care with the medical system. http://thekennedyforum-dot-org.s3.amazonaws.com/documents/KennedyForum-BehavioralHealth_FINAL_3.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
3. The Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology. Behavioral health (BH) Clinical Quality Measures (CQMs) Program initiatives. www.healthit.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/2012-09-27-behavioral-health-clinical-quality-measures-program-initiatives-public-forum.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017.
4. Unutzer J, Harbin H, Schoenbaum M. The collaborative care model: an approach for integrating physical and mental health care in Medicaid health homes. www.medicaid.gov/State-Resource-Center/Medicaid-State-Technical-Assistance/Health-Homes-Technical-Assistance/Downloads/HH-IRC-Collaborative-5-13.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
5. World Group On Psychiatric Evaluation; American Psychiatric Association Steering Committee On Practice Guidelines. Practice guideline for the psychiatric evaluation of adults. 2nd ed. http://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/psychevaladults.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
6. Melek S, Norris D, Paulus J. Economic Impact of Integrated Medical-Behavioral Healthcare: Implications for Psychiatry. Denver, CO: Milliman, Inc; 2014. 
7. Archer J, Bower P, Gilbody S, et al. Collaborative care for depression and anxiety problems. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;10:CD006525. 
8. Kennedy Forum. Fixing behavioral health care in America: a national call for measurement-based care.  www.thekennedyforum.org/a-national-call-for-measurement-based-care/. Accessed August 14, 2017.
9. Zimmerman M, McGlinchey JB. Why don't psychiatrists use scales to measure outcome when treating depressed patients? J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(12):1916-1919. 
10. Hatfield D, McCullough L, Frantz SH, et al. Do we know when our clients get worse? An investigation of therapists' ability to detect negative client change. Clin Psychol Psychother. 2010;17(1):25-32.
11. SAMHSA-HRSA Center for Integrated Solutions. Screening tools. www.integration.samhsa.gov/clinical-practice/screening-tools. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
12. Moller HJ. Standardised rating scales in psychiatry: methodological basis, their possibilities and limitations and descriptions of important rating scales. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2009;10(1):6-26.
13. Sajatovic M, Ramirez LF. Rating Scales in Mental Health. 2nd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2003.
14. Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9). www.agencymeddirectors.wa.gov/files/AssessmentTools/14-PHQ-9%20overview.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017.
15. Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9). Rehab Measures Web site. www.rehabmeasures.org/Lists/RehabMeasures/DispForm.aspx?ID=954. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
16. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB. The PHQ-9: validity of a brief depression severity measure. J Gen Intern Med. 2001;16(9):606-613. 
17. Löwe B, Unützer J, Callahan CM, et al. Monitoring depression treatment outcomes with the Patient Health Questionnaire-9. Med Care. 2004;42(12):1194-1201.
18. Ketter TA. Strategies for monitoring outcomes in patients with bipolar disorder. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;12(suppl 1):10-16.
19. The Mood Disorder Questionnaire. University of Texas Medical Branch. www.dbsalliance.org/pdfs/MDQ.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017.
20. Hirschfeld RM, Holzer C, Calabrese JR, et al. Validity of the Mood Disorder Questionnaire: a general population study. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(1):178-180.
21. Boschloo L, Nolen WA, Spijker AT, et al. The Mood Disorder Questionnaire (MDQ) for detecting (hypo) manic episodes: its validity and impact of recall bias. J Affect Disord. 2013;151(1):203-208.
22. Spitzer RL, Kroenke K, Williams JB, et al. A brief measure for assessing generalized anxiety disorder: the GAD-7. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166(10):1092-1097.
23. Lowe B, Decker O, Müller S, et al. Validation and standardization of the Generalized Anxiety Disorder Screener (GAD-7) in the general population. Med Care. 2008;46(3):266-274. 
24. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB, et al. Anxiety disorders in primary care: prevalence, impairment, comorbidity, and detection. Ann Intern Med. 2007;146(5):317-325.
25. Ewing JA. Detecting alcoholism. The CAGE Questionnaire. JAMA. 1984;252(14):1905-1907.
26. CAGE substance abuse screening tool. Johns Hopkins Medicine. www.hopkinsmedicine.org/johns_hopkins_healthcare/downloads/cage%20substance%20screening%20tool.pdf. Accessed August 14, 2017.
27. O'Brien CP. The CAGE questionnaire for detection of alcoholism: a remarkably useful but simple tool. JAMA. 2008;300(17):2054-2056. 
28. Bernadt MW, Mumford J, Taylor C, et al. Comparison of questionnaire and laboratory tests in the detection of excessive drinking and alcoholism. Lancet. 1982;1(8267):325-328. 
29. Columbia Suicide-Severity Rating Scale (CS-SRS). http://cssrs.columbia.edu/the-columbia-scale-c-ssrs/cssrs-for-communities-and-healthcare/#filter=.general-use.english. Accessed August 14, 2017. 
30. Mundt JC, Greist JH, Jefferson JW, et al. Prediction of suicidal behavior in clinical research by lifetime suicidal ideation and behavior ascertained by the electronic Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale. J Clin Psychiatry. 2013;74(9):887-893.
31. Posner K, Brown GK, Stanley B, et al. The Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale: initial validity and internal consistency findings from three multisite studies with adolescents and adults. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168(12):1266-1277. 
32. Esposito L. Suicide checklist spots people at highest risk. USA Today. http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/news/health/story/health/story/2011-11-09/Suicide-checklist-spots-peo ple-at-highest-risk/51135944/1. Accessed August 14, 2017.

Issue
Clinician Reviews - 27(9)
Issue
Clinician Reviews - 27(9)
Page Number
28-31,33
Page Number
28-31,33
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Behavioral Health: Using Rating Scales in a Clinical Setting
Display Headline
Behavioral Health: Using Rating Scales in a Clinical Setting
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Article PDF Media

Clinical rating scales

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 14:56
Display Headline
Clinical rating scales

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Gupta is Clinical Professor, Departments of Psychiatry, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, New York, and SUNY Buffalo School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, Buffalo, New York, and is a Member of the Current Psychiatry Editorial Board.

Issue
February 2017
Publications
Topics
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Gupta is Clinical Professor, Departments of Psychiatry, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, New York, and SUNY Buffalo School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, Buffalo, New York, and is a Member of the Current Psychiatry Editorial Board.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Gupta is Clinical Professor, Departments of Psychiatry, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, New York, and SUNY Buffalo School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, Buffalo, New York, and is a Member of the Current Psychiatry Editorial Board.

Issue
February 2017
Issue
February 2017
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Clinical rating scales
Display Headline
Clinical rating scales
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica

Using rating scales in a clinical setting: A guide for psychiatrists

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 14:57
Display Headline
Using rating scales in a clinical setting: A guide for psychiatrists
 

In the current health care environment, there is an increasing demand for objective assessment of disease states.1 This is particularly apparent in psychiatry, where documentation of outcomes lags that of other areas of medicine.

In 2012, the additional health care costs incurred by persons with mental health diagnoses were estimated to be $293 billion among commercially insured, Medicaid, and Medicare beneficiaries in the United States—a figure that is 273% higher than the cost for those without psychiatric diagnoses.2 Psychiatric and medical illnesses can be so tightly linked that accurate diagnosis and treatment of psychiatric disorders becomes essential to control medical illnesses. It is not surprising that there is increased scrutiny to the ways in which psychiatric care can be objectively assessed and monitored, and payers such as Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) increasingly require objective documentation of disease state improvement for payment.3

Support for objective assessment of disease derives from the collaborative care model. This model is designed to better integrate psychiatric and primary care by (among other practices) establishing the Patient-Centered Medical Home and emphasizing screening and monitoring patient-reported outcomes over time to assess treatment response.4 This approach, which is endorsed by the American Psychiatric Association, is associated with significant improvements in outcomes compared with usual care.5 It tracks a patient’s progress using validated clinical rating scales and other screening tools (eg, Patient Health Questionnaire [PHQ-9] for depression), an approach that is analogous to how patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus are monitored by hemoglobin A1c laboratory tests.6 An increasingly extensive body of research supports the impact of this approach on treatment. A 2012 Cochrane Review associated collaborative care with significant improvements in depression and anxiety outcomes compared with usual treatment.7

Despite these findings, a recent Kennedy Forum brief asserts that behavioral health is characterized by a “lack of systematic measurement to determine whether patients are responding to treatment.”8 That same brief points to the many easy-to-administer and validated rating scales and other screening tools that can reliably measure the frequency and severity of psychiatric symptoms over time, and likens the lack of their use as “equivalent to treating high blood pressure without using a blood pressure cuff to measure if a patient’s blood pressure is improving.”8 It is estimated that only 18% of psychiatrists and 11% of psychologists administer them routinely.9,10 This lack of use denies clinicians important information that can help detect deterioration or lack of improvement in their patients.
 

 

 

 

Psychiatry is replete with rating scales and screening tools, and the number of competing scales can make choosing a measure difficult.1 Nonetheless, not all scales are appropriate for clinical use; many are designed for research, for instance, and are lengthy and difficult to administer.

This article reviews a number of rating scales that are brief, useful, and easy to administer. A framework for the screening tools addressed in this article is available on the federally funded Center for Integrated Health Systems Web site (www.integration.samhsa.gov). This site promotes the use of tools designed to assist in screening and monitoring for depression, anxiety, bipolar disorder, substance use, and suicidality.11

Quality criteria for rating scales

The quality of a rating scale is determined by the following attributes12:

  • Objectivity. The ability of a scale to obtain the same results, regardless of who administers, analyzes, or interprets it.
  • Reliability. The ability of a scale to convey consistent and reproducible information across time, patients, and raters.
  • Validity. The degree to which the scale measures what it is supposed to measure (eg, depressive symptoms). Sensitivity and specificity are measures of validity and provide additional information about the rating scale; namely, whether the scale can detect the presence of a disease (sensitivity) and whether it detects only that disease or condition and not another (specificity).
  • Establishment of norms. Whether a scale provides reference values for different clinical groups.
  • Practicability. The resources required to administer the assessment instrument in terms of time, staff, and material.

In addition to meeting these quality criteria, selection of a scale can be based on whether it is self-rated or observer-rated. Advantages to self-rated scales, such as the PHQ-9, Mood Disorder Questionnaire (MDQ), and Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item (GAD-7) scale, are their practicability—they are easy to administer and don’t require clinician or staff time—and their use in evaluating and raising awareness of subjective states.

However, reliability may be a concern, as some patients either may lack insight or exaggerate or mask symptoms when completing such scales.13 Both observer and self-rated scales can be used together to minimize bias, identify symptoms that might have been missed/not addressed in the clinical interview, and drive clinical decision-making. Both also can help patients communicate with their providers and make them feel more involved in clinical decision-making.8

The following scales have met many of the quality criteria described here and are endorsed by the government payer system. They can easily be incorporated into clinical practice and will provide useful clinical information that can assist in diagnosis and monitoring patient outcomes.

 

 

 

Patient Health Questionnaire

PHQ-9 is a 9-item self-report questionnaire that can help to detect the presence of depression and supplement a thorough psychiatric and mental health interview. It scores the 9 DSM-IV criteria for depression on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 3 (nearly every day). It is a public resource that is easy to find online, available without cost in several languages, and takes just a few minutes to complete.14

PHQ-9 has shown excellent test–retest reliability in screening for depression, and normative data on the instrument’s use are available in various clinical populations.15 Research has shown that as PHQ-9 depression scores increase, functional status decrease, while depressive symptoms, sick days, and health care utilization increase.15 In one study, a PHQ-9 score of ≥10 had 88% sensitivity and specificity for detecting depression, with scores of 5, 10, 15, and 20 indicating mild, moderate, moderately severe, and severe depression, respectively.16 In addition to its use as a screening tool, PHQ-9 is a responsive and reliable measure of depression treatment outcomes.17

Mood Disorder Questionnaire

MDQ is another brief, self-report questionnaire that is available online. It is designed to identify and monitor patients who are likely to meet diagnostic criteria for bipolar disorder.18,19

The first question on the MDQ asks if the patient has experienced any of 13 common mood and behavior symptoms. The second question asks if these symptoms have ever occurred at the same time, and the third asks the degree to which the patient finds the symptoms to be problematic. The remaining 2 questions provide additional, clinical information, because they address family history of manic–depressive illness or bipolar disorder and whether a diagnosis of either disorder has been made.

The MDQ has shown validity in assessing bipolar disorder symptoms in a general population,20 although recent research suggests that imprecise recall bias may limit its reliability in detecting hypomanic episodes earlier in life.21 Nonetheless, its specificity of >97% means that it will effectively screen out just about all true negatives.18

Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item scale

GAD-7 scale is a brief, self-administered questionnaire for screening and measuring severity of GAD.22 It asks patients to rate 7 items that represent problems with general anxiety and scores each item on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 3 (nearly every day). Similar to the other measures, it is easily accessible online.

Research evidence supports the reliability and validity of GAD-7 as a measure of anxiety in the general population. Sensitivity and specificity are 89% and 82%, respectively. Normative data for age and sex specific subgroups support its use across age groups and in both males and females.23 The GAD-7 performs well for detecting and monitoring not only GAD but also panic disorder, social anxiety disorder, and posttraumatic stress disorder.24

 

 

 

CAGE questionnaire for detection of substance use

The CAGE questionnaire is a widely-used screening tool that was originally developed to detect alcohol abuse, but has been adapted to assess other substance abuse.25,26 The omission of substance abuse from diagnostic consideration can have a major effect on quality of care, because substance abuse can be the underlying cause of other diseases. Therefore, routine administration of this instrument in clinical practice can lead to better understanding and monitoring of patient health.27

Similar to other instruments, CAGE is free and available online.27 It contains 4 simple questions, with 1 point is assigned to each positive answer.

Have you ever:
1. Felt the need to cut down on your drinking or drug use?
2. Have people annoyed you by criticizing your drinking or drug use?
3. Have you felt bad or guilty about your drinking or drug use?
4. Have you ever had a drink or used drugs first thing in the morning to steady your nerves or to get rid of a hangover (eye-opener)?

The simple mnemonic CAGE makes the questions easy to remember and to administer in a clinical setting. CAGE has demonstrated validity, with one study determining that CAGE scores ≥2 had a specificity and sensitivity of 76% and 93%, respectively, for identifying excessive drinking, and a specificity and sensitivity of 77% and 91%, respectively, for identifying alcohol abuse.28

Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS)

C-SSRS was developed by researchers at Columbia University to assess the severity of and track changes over time in suicidal ideation and behavior. C-SSRS is 2 pages and takes only a few minutes to administer; however, it also may be completed as a self-report measure. The questions are phrased for use in an interview format, and clinicians are encouraged to receive training prior to its administration, although specific training in mental health is not required.

The “Lifetime/Recent” version allows practitioners to gather lifetime history of suicidality as well as any recent suicidal ideation and/or behavior, whereas the “Since Last Visit” version of the scale assesses suicidality in patients who have completed at least 1 Lifetime/Recent C-SSRS assessment. A truncated, 6-item “Screener” version is typically used in emergency situations. A risk assessment can be added to either the Full or Screener version to summarize the answers from C-SSRS and document risk and protective factors.29

Several studies have found C-SSRS to be reliable and valid for identifying suicide risk in children and adults.30,31USA Today reported that an individual exhibiting even a single behavior identified by the scale is 8 to 10 times more likely to complete suicide.32 In addition, the C-SSRS has helped reduce the suicide rate 65% in one of the largest providers of community-based behavioral health care in the United States.32

Using scales to augment care

Each of the scales described in this article can easily be incorporated into clinical practice and offers psychiatrists important clinical information that may have been missed or not addressed in the initial clinical interview. This information can be used to follow progression of symptoms and effectiveness of treatment. Although rating scales should never be used alone to establish a diagnosis or clinical treatment plan, they can and should be used to augment information from the clinician’s assessment and follow-up interviews.5
 

Bottom Line

Despite the importance of tracking patients’ progress through the use of validated clinical rating scales, there is gross underutilization of such instruments. Several readily available rating scales are brief, useful, and easy to incorporate into clinical practice.

Related Resources

  • Rittenhouse DR, Shortell SM, Fisher ES. Primary care and accountable care—two essential elements of delivery-system reform. N Engl J Med. 2009;361(24):2301-2303.
  • Sapyta J, Riemer M, Bickman L. Feedback to clinicians: theory, research, and practice. J Clin Psychol. 2005;61(2):145-153.
References

1. McDowell I. Measuring health: a guide to rating scales and questionnaires. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2006.
2. Kennedy Forum. Fixing behavioral health care in America: a national call for integrating and coordinating specialty behavioral health care with the medical system. http://thekennedyforum-dot-org.s3.amazonaws.com/documents/KennedyForum-BehavioralHealth_FINAL_3.pdf. Published 2015. Accessed January 13, 2017.
3. The Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology. Behavioral health (BH) Clinical Quality Measures (CQMs) Program initiatives. https://www.healthit.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/2012-09-27-behavioral-health-clinical-quality-measures-program-initiatives-public-forum.pdf. Published September 27, 2012. Accessed January 13, 2017.
4. Unutzer J, Harbin H, Schoenbaum M. The collaborative care model: an approach for integrating physical and mental health care in Medicaid health homes. https://www.medicaid.gov/State-Resource-Center/Medicaid-State-Technical-Assistance/Health-Homes-Technical-Assistance/Downloads/HH-IRC-Collaborative-5-13.pdf. Published May 2013. Accessed January 13, 2016.
5. World Group On Psychiatric Evaluation; American Psychiatric Association Steering Committee On Practice Guidelines. Practice guideline for the psychiatric evaluation of adults. 2nd ed. http://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/psychevaladults.pdf. Published June 2006. Accessed January 13, 2016.
6. Melek S, Norris D, Paulus J. Economic impact of integrated medical-behavioral healthcare: implications for psychiatry. Denver, CO: Milliman, Inc; 2014.
7. Archer J, Bower P, Gilbody S, et al. Collaborative care for depression and anxiety problems. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;10:CD006525. doi: 10.1002/14651858.CD006525.pub2.
8. Kennedy P. Forum. Fixing behavioral health care in America: a national call for measurement-based care. https://www.thekennedyforum.org/news/measurement-based-care-issue-brief. Published December 10, 2015. Accessed January 13, 2017.
9. Zimmerman M, McGlinchey JB. Why don’t psychiatrists use scales to measure outcome when treating depressed patients? J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(12):1916-1919.
10. Hatfield D, McCullough L, Frantz SH, et al. Do we know when our clients get worse? An investigation of therapists’ ability to detect negative client change. Clin Psychol Psychother. 2010;17(1):25-32.
11. SAMHSA-HRSA Center for Integrated Solutions. Screening tools. http://www.integration.samhsa.gov/clinical-practice/screening-tools. Accessed January 14, 2016.
12. Moller HJ. Standardised rating scales in psychiatry: methodological basis, their possibilities and limitations and descriptions of important rating scales. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2009;10(1):6-26.
13. Sajatovic M, Ramirez LF. Rating scales in mental health. 2nd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2003.
14. Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9). http://www.agencymeddirectors.wa.gov/files/AssessmentTools/14-PHQ-9%20overview.pdf. Accessed February 16, 2016.
15. Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9). Rehab Measures Web site. http://www.rehabmeasures.org/Lists/RehabMeasures/DispForm.aspx?ID=954. Updated August 28, 2014. Accessed February 16, 2016.
16. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB. The PHQ-9: validity of a brief depression severity measure. J Gen Intern Med. 2001;16(9):606-613.
17. Löwe B, Unützer J, Callahan CM, et al. Monitoring depression treatment outcomes with the Patient Health Questionnaire-9. Med Care. 2004;42(12):1194-1201.
18. Ketter TA. Strategies for monitoring outcomes in patients with bipolar disorder. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;12(suppl 1):10-16.
19. The Mood Disorder Questionnaire. University of Texas Medical Branch. http://www.dbsalliance.org/pdfs/MDQ.pdf. Published 2000. Accessed March 1, 2016.
20. Hirschfeld RM, Holzer C, Calabrese JR, et al. Validity of the mood disorder questionnaire: a general population study. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(1):178-180.
21. Boschloo L, Nolen WA, Spijker AT, et al. The Mood Disorder Questionnaire (MDQ) for detecting (hypo)manic episodes: its validity and impact of recall bias. J Affect Disord. 2013;151(1):203-208.
22. Spitzer RL, Kroenke K, Williams JB, et al. A brief measure for assessing generalized anxiety disorder: the GAD-7. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166(10):1092-1097.
23. Lowe B, Decker O, Müller S, et al. Validation and standardization of the Generalized Anxiety Disorder Screener (GAD-7) in the general population. Med Care. 2008;46(3):266-274.
24. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB, et al. Anxiety disorders in primary care: prevalence, impairment, comorbidity, and detection. Ann Intern Med. 2007;146(5):317-325.
25. Ewing JA. Detecting alcoholism. The CAGE Questionnaire. JAMA. 1984;252(14):1905-1907.
26. CAGE substance abuse screening tool. Johns Hopkins Medicine. http://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/johns_hopkins_healthcare/downloads/CAGE%20Substance%20Screening%20Tool.pdf. Accessed January 13, 2017.
27. O’Brien CP. The CAGE questionnaire for detection of alcoholism: a remarkably useful but simple tool. JAMA. 2008;300(17):2054-2056.
28. Bernadt MW, Mumford J, Taylor C, et al. Comparison of questionnaire and laboratory tests in the detection of excessive drinking and alcoholism. Lancet. 1982;1(8267):325-328.
29. Columbia Suicide-Severity Rating Scale (CS-SRS). http://cssrs.columbia.edu/the-columbia-scale-c-ssrs/cssrs-for-communities-and-healthcare/#filter=.general-use.english. Accessed March 6, 2016.
30. Mundt JC, Greist JH, Jefferson JW, et al. Prediction of suicidal behavior in clinical research by lifetime suicidal ideation and behavior ascertained by the electronic Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale. J Clin Psychiatry. 2013;74(9):887-893.
31. Posner K, Brown GK, Stanley B, et al. The Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale: initial validity and internal consistency findings from three multisite studies with adolescents and adults. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168(12):1266-1277.
32. Esposito L. Suicide Checklist Spots People at Highest Risk. USA Today. http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/news/health/story/health/story/2011-11-09/Suicide-checklist-spots-people-at-highest-risk/51135944/1. Published November 9, 2011. Accessed March 6, 2016.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Julie M. Wood, PhD
Consultant Medical Liaison, Neuroscience
Lilly USA, LLC
Indianapolis, Indiana

Sanjay Gupta, MD
Clinical Professor
Departments of Psychiatry
SUNY Upstate Medical University
Syracuse, New York
SUNY Buffalo School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences
Buffalo, New York
Member of Current Psychiatry Editorial Board

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Issue
February 2017
Publications
Topics
Page Number
21-25
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Julie M. Wood, PhD
Consultant Medical Liaison, Neuroscience
Lilly USA, LLC
Indianapolis, Indiana

Sanjay Gupta, MD
Clinical Professor
Departments of Psychiatry
SUNY Upstate Medical University
Syracuse, New York
SUNY Buffalo School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences
Buffalo, New York
Member of Current Psychiatry Editorial Board

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Author and Disclosure Information

Julie M. Wood, PhD
Consultant Medical Liaison, Neuroscience
Lilly USA, LLC
Indianapolis, Indiana

Sanjay Gupta, MD
Clinical Professor
Departments of Psychiatry
SUNY Upstate Medical University
Syracuse, New York
SUNY Buffalo School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences
Buffalo, New York
Member of Current Psychiatry Editorial Board

Disclosures
The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Article PDF
Article PDF
 

In the current health care environment, there is an increasing demand for objective assessment of disease states.1 This is particularly apparent in psychiatry, where documentation of outcomes lags that of other areas of medicine.

In 2012, the additional health care costs incurred by persons with mental health diagnoses were estimated to be $293 billion among commercially insured, Medicaid, and Medicare beneficiaries in the United States—a figure that is 273% higher than the cost for those without psychiatric diagnoses.2 Psychiatric and medical illnesses can be so tightly linked that accurate diagnosis and treatment of psychiatric disorders becomes essential to control medical illnesses. It is not surprising that there is increased scrutiny to the ways in which psychiatric care can be objectively assessed and monitored, and payers such as Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) increasingly require objective documentation of disease state improvement for payment.3

Support for objective assessment of disease derives from the collaborative care model. This model is designed to better integrate psychiatric and primary care by (among other practices) establishing the Patient-Centered Medical Home and emphasizing screening and monitoring patient-reported outcomes over time to assess treatment response.4 This approach, which is endorsed by the American Psychiatric Association, is associated with significant improvements in outcomes compared with usual care.5 It tracks a patient’s progress using validated clinical rating scales and other screening tools (eg, Patient Health Questionnaire [PHQ-9] for depression), an approach that is analogous to how patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus are monitored by hemoglobin A1c laboratory tests.6 An increasingly extensive body of research supports the impact of this approach on treatment. A 2012 Cochrane Review associated collaborative care with significant improvements in depression and anxiety outcomes compared with usual treatment.7

Despite these findings, a recent Kennedy Forum brief asserts that behavioral health is characterized by a “lack of systematic measurement to determine whether patients are responding to treatment.”8 That same brief points to the many easy-to-administer and validated rating scales and other screening tools that can reliably measure the frequency and severity of psychiatric symptoms over time, and likens the lack of their use as “equivalent to treating high blood pressure without using a blood pressure cuff to measure if a patient’s blood pressure is improving.”8 It is estimated that only 18% of psychiatrists and 11% of psychologists administer them routinely.9,10 This lack of use denies clinicians important information that can help detect deterioration or lack of improvement in their patients.
 

 

 

 

Psychiatry is replete with rating scales and screening tools, and the number of competing scales can make choosing a measure difficult.1 Nonetheless, not all scales are appropriate for clinical use; many are designed for research, for instance, and are lengthy and difficult to administer.

This article reviews a number of rating scales that are brief, useful, and easy to administer. A framework for the screening tools addressed in this article is available on the federally funded Center for Integrated Health Systems Web site (www.integration.samhsa.gov). This site promotes the use of tools designed to assist in screening and monitoring for depression, anxiety, bipolar disorder, substance use, and suicidality.11

Quality criteria for rating scales

The quality of a rating scale is determined by the following attributes12:

  • Objectivity. The ability of a scale to obtain the same results, regardless of who administers, analyzes, or interprets it.
  • Reliability. The ability of a scale to convey consistent and reproducible information across time, patients, and raters.
  • Validity. The degree to which the scale measures what it is supposed to measure (eg, depressive symptoms). Sensitivity and specificity are measures of validity and provide additional information about the rating scale; namely, whether the scale can detect the presence of a disease (sensitivity) and whether it detects only that disease or condition and not another (specificity).
  • Establishment of norms. Whether a scale provides reference values for different clinical groups.
  • Practicability. The resources required to administer the assessment instrument in terms of time, staff, and material.

In addition to meeting these quality criteria, selection of a scale can be based on whether it is self-rated or observer-rated. Advantages to self-rated scales, such as the PHQ-9, Mood Disorder Questionnaire (MDQ), and Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item (GAD-7) scale, are their practicability—they are easy to administer and don’t require clinician or staff time—and their use in evaluating and raising awareness of subjective states.

However, reliability may be a concern, as some patients either may lack insight or exaggerate or mask symptoms when completing such scales.13 Both observer and self-rated scales can be used together to minimize bias, identify symptoms that might have been missed/not addressed in the clinical interview, and drive clinical decision-making. Both also can help patients communicate with their providers and make them feel more involved in clinical decision-making.8

The following scales have met many of the quality criteria described here and are endorsed by the government payer system. They can easily be incorporated into clinical practice and will provide useful clinical information that can assist in diagnosis and monitoring patient outcomes.

 

 

 

Patient Health Questionnaire

PHQ-9 is a 9-item self-report questionnaire that can help to detect the presence of depression and supplement a thorough psychiatric and mental health interview. It scores the 9 DSM-IV criteria for depression on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 3 (nearly every day). It is a public resource that is easy to find online, available without cost in several languages, and takes just a few minutes to complete.14

PHQ-9 has shown excellent test–retest reliability in screening for depression, and normative data on the instrument’s use are available in various clinical populations.15 Research has shown that as PHQ-9 depression scores increase, functional status decrease, while depressive symptoms, sick days, and health care utilization increase.15 In one study, a PHQ-9 score of ≥10 had 88% sensitivity and specificity for detecting depression, with scores of 5, 10, 15, and 20 indicating mild, moderate, moderately severe, and severe depression, respectively.16 In addition to its use as a screening tool, PHQ-9 is a responsive and reliable measure of depression treatment outcomes.17

Mood Disorder Questionnaire

MDQ is another brief, self-report questionnaire that is available online. It is designed to identify and monitor patients who are likely to meet diagnostic criteria for bipolar disorder.18,19

The first question on the MDQ asks if the patient has experienced any of 13 common mood and behavior symptoms. The second question asks if these symptoms have ever occurred at the same time, and the third asks the degree to which the patient finds the symptoms to be problematic. The remaining 2 questions provide additional, clinical information, because they address family history of manic–depressive illness or bipolar disorder and whether a diagnosis of either disorder has been made.

The MDQ has shown validity in assessing bipolar disorder symptoms in a general population,20 although recent research suggests that imprecise recall bias may limit its reliability in detecting hypomanic episodes earlier in life.21 Nonetheless, its specificity of >97% means that it will effectively screen out just about all true negatives.18

Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item scale

GAD-7 scale is a brief, self-administered questionnaire for screening and measuring severity of GAD.22 It asks patients to rate 7 items that represent problems with general anxiety and scores each item on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 3 (nearly every day). Similar to the other measures, it is easily accessible online.

Research evidence supports the reliability and validity of GAD-7 as a measure of anxiety in the general population. Sensitivity and specificity are 89% and 82%, respectively. Normative data for age and sex specific subgroups support its use across age groups and in both males and females.23 The GAD-7 performs well for detecting and monitoring not only GAD but also panic disorder, social anxiety disorder, and posttraumatic stress disorder.24

 

 

 

CAGE questionnaire for detection of substance use

The CAGE questionnaire is a widely-used screening tool that was originally developed to detect alcohol abuse, but has been adapted to assess other substance abuse.25,26 The omission of substance abuse from diagnostic consideration can have a major effect on quality of care, because substance abuse can be the underlying cause of other diseases. Therefore, routine administration of this instrument in clinical practice can lead to better understanding and monitoring of patient health.27

Similar to other instruments, CAGE is free and available online.27 It contains 4 simple questions, with 1 point is assigned to each positive answer.

Have you ever:
1. Felt the need to cut down on your drinking or drug use?
2. Have people annoyed you by criticizing your drinking or drug use?
3. Have you felt bad or guilty about your drinking or drug use?
4. Have you ever had a drink or used drugs first thing in the morning to steady your nerves or to get rid of a hangover (eye-opener)?

The simple mnemonic CAGE makes the questions easy to remember and to administer in a clinical setting. CAGE has demonstrated validity, with one study determining that CAGE scores ≥2 had a specificity and sensitivity of 76% and 93%, respectively, for identifying excessive drinking, and a specificity and sensitivity of 77% and 91%, respectively, for identifying alcohol abuse.28

Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS)

C-SSRS was developed by researchers at Columbia University to assess the severity of and track changes over time in suicidal ideation and behavior. C-SSRS is 2 pages and takes only a few minutes to administer; however, it also may be completed as a self-report measure. The questions are phrased for use in an interview format, and clinicians are encouraged to receive training prior to its administration, although specific training in mental health is not required.

The “Lifetime/Recent” version allows practitioners to gather lifetime history of suicidality as well as any recent suicidal ideation and/or behavior, whereas the “Since Last Visit” version of the scale assesses suicidality in patients who have completed at least 1 Lifetime/Recent C-SSRS assessment. A truncated, 6-item “Screener” version is typically used in emergency situations. A risk assessment can be added to either the Full or Screener version to summarize the answers from C-SSRS and document risk and protective factors.29

Several studies have found C-SSRS to be reliable and valid for identifying suicide risk in children and adults.30,31USA Today reported that an individual exhibiting even a single behavior identified by the scale is 8 to 10 times more likely to complete suicide.32 In addition, the C-SSRS has helped reduce the suicide rate 65% in one of the largest providers of community-based behavioral health care in the United States.32

Using scales to augment care

Each of the scales described in this article can easily be incorporated into clinical practice and offers psychiatrists important clinical information that may have been missed or not addressed in the initial clinical interview. This information can be used to follow progression of symptoms and effectiveness of treatment. Although rating scales should never be used alone to establish a diagnosis or clinical treatment plan, they can and should be used to augment information from the clinician’s assessment and follow-up interviews.5
 

Bottom Line

Despite the importance of tracking patients’ progress through the use of validated clinical rating scales, there is gross underutilization of such instruments. Several readily available rating scales are brief, useful, and easy to incorporate into clinical practice.

Related Resources

  • Rittenhouse DR, Shortell SM, Fisher ES. Primary care and accountable care—two essential elements of delivery-system reform. N Engl J Med. 2009;361(24):2301-2303.
  • Sapyta J, Riemer M, Bickman L. Feedback to clinicians: theory, research, and practice. J Clin Psychol. 2005;61(2):145-153.
 

In the current health care environment, there is an increasing demand for objective assessment of disease states.1 This is particularly apparent in psychiatry, where documentation of outcomes lags that of other areas of medicine.

In 2012, the additional health care costs incurred by persons with mental health diagnoses were estimated to be $293 billion among commercially insured, Medicaid, and Medicare beneficiaries in the United States—a figure that is 273% higher than the cost for those without psychiatric diagnoses.2 Psychiatric and medical illnesses can be so tightly linked that accurate diagnosis and treatment of psychiatric disorders becomes essential to control medical illnesses. It is not surprising that there is increased scrutiny to the ways in which psychiatric care can be objectively assessed and monitored, and payers such as Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) increasingly require objective documentation of disease state improvement for payment.3

Support for objective assessment of disease derives from the collaborative care model. This model is designed to better integrate psychiatric and primary care by (among other practices) establishing the Patient-Centered Medical Home and emphasizing screening and monitoring patient-reported outcomes over time to assess treatment response.4 This approach, which is endorsed by the American Psychiatric Association, is associated with significant improvements in outcomes compared with usual care.5 It tracks a patient’s progress using validated clinical rating scales and other screening tools (eg, Patient Health Questionnaire [PHQ-9] for depression), an approach that is analogous to how patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus are monitored by hemoglobin A1c laboratory tests.6 An increasingly extensive body of research supports the impact of this approach on treatment. A 2012 Cochrane Review associated collaborative care with significant improvements in depression and anxiety outcomes compared with usual treatment.7

Despite these findings, a recent Kennedy Forum brief asserts that behavioral health is characterized by a “lack of systematic measurement to determine whether patients are responding to treatment.”8 That same brief points to the many easy-to-administer and validated rating scales and other screening tools that can reliably measure the frequency and severity of psychiatric symptoms over time, and likens the lack of their use as “equivalent to treating high blood pressure without using a blood pressure cuff to measure if a patient’s blood pressure is improving.”8 It is estimated that only 18% of psychiatrists and 11% of psychologists administer them routinely.9,10 This lack of use denies clinicians important information that can help detect deterioration or lack of improvement in their patients.
 

 

 

 

Psychiatry is replete with rating scales and screening tools, and the number of competing scales can make choosing a measure difficult.1 Nonetheless, not all scales are appropriate for clinical use; many are designed for research, for instance, and are lengthy and difficult to administer.

This article reviews a number of rating scales that are brief, useful, and easy to administer. A framework for the screening tools addressed in this article is available on the federally funded Center for Integrated Health Systems Web site (www.integration.samhsa.gov). This site promotes the use of tools designed to assist in screening and monitoring for depression, anxiety, bipolar disorder, substance use, and suicidality.11

Quality criteria for rating scales

The quality of a rating scale is determined by the following attributes12:

  • Objectivity. The ability of a scale to obtain the same results, regardless of who administers, analyzes, or interprets it.
  • Reliability. The ability of a scale to convey consistent and reproducible information across time, patients, and raters.
  • Validity. The degree to which the scale measures what it is supposed to measure (eg, depressive symptoms). Sensitivity and specificity are measures of validity and provide additional information about the rating scale; namely, whether the scale can detect the presence of a disease (sensitivity) and whether it detects only that disease or condition and not another (specificity).
  • Establishment of norms. Whether a scale provides reference values for different clinical groups.
  • Practicability. The resources required to administer the assessment instrument in terms of time, staff, and material.

In addition to meeting these quality criteria, selection of a scale can be based on whether it is self-rated or observer-rated. Advantages to self-rated scales, such as the PHQ-9, Mood Disorder Questionnaire (MDQ), and Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item (GAD-7) scale, are their practicability—they are easy to administer and don’t require clinician or staff time—and their use in evaluating and raising awareness of subjective states.

However, reliability may be a concern, as some patients either may lack insight or exaggerate or mask symptoms when completing such scales.13 Both observer and self-rated scales can be used together to minimize bias, identify symptoms that might have been missed/not addressed in the clinical interview, and drive clinical decision-making. Both also can help patients communicate with their providers and make them feel more involved in clinical decision-making.8

The following scales have met many of the quality criteria described here and are endorsed by the government payer system. They can easily be incorporated into clinical practice and will provide useful clinical information that can assist in diagnosis and monitoring patient outcomes.

 

 

 

Patient Health Questionnaire

PHQ-9 is a 9-item self-report questionnaire that can help to detect the presence of depression and supplement a thorough psychiatric and mental health interview. It scores the 9 DSM-IV criteria for depression on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 3 (nearly every day). It is a public resource that is easy to find online, available without cost in several languages, and takes just a few minutes to complete.14

PHQ-9 has shown excellent test–retest reliability in screening for depression, and normative data on the instrument’s use are available in various clinical populations.15 Research has shown that as PHQ-9 depression scores increase, functional status decrease, while depressive symptoms, sick days, and health care utilization increase.15 In one study, a PHQ-9 score of ≥10 had 88% sensitivity and specificity for detecting depression, with scores of 5, 10, 15, and 20 indicating mild, moderate, moderately severe, and severe depression, respectively.16 In addition to its use as a screening tool, PHQ-9 is a responsive and reliable measure of depression treatment outcomes.17

Mood Disorder Questionnaire

MDQ is another brief, self-report questionnaire that is available online. It is designed to identify and monitor patients who are likely to meet diagnostic criteria for bipolar disorder.18,19

The first question on the MDQ asks if the patient has experienced any of 13 common mood and behavior symptoms. The second question asks if these symptoms have ever occurred at the same time, and the third asks the degree to which the patient finds the symptoms to be problematic. The remaining 2 questions provide additional, clinical information, because they address family history of manic–depressive illness or bipolar disorder and whether a diagnosis of either disorder has been made.

The MDQ has shown validity in assessing bipolar disorder symptoms in a general population,20 although recent research suggests that imprecise recall bias may limit its reliability in detecting hypomanic episodes earlier in life.21 Nonetheless, its specificity of >97% means that it will effectively screen out just about all true negatives.18

Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item scale

GAD-7 scale is a brief, self-administered questionnaire for screening and measuring severity of GAD.22 It asks patients to rate 7 items that represent problems with general anxiety and scores each item on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 3 (nearly every day). Similar to the other measures, it is easily accessible online.

Research evidence supports the reliability and validity of GAD-7 as a measure of anxiety in the general population. Sensitivity and specificity are 89% and 82%, respectively. Normative data for age and sex specific subgroups support its use across age groups and in both males and females.23 The GAD-7 performs well for detecting and monitoring not only GAD but also panic disorder, social anxiety disorder, and posttraumatic stress disorder.24

 

 

 

CAGE questionnaire for detection of substance use

The CAGE questionnaire is a widely-used screening tool that was originally developed to detect alcohol abuse, but has been adapted to assess other substance abuse.25,26 The omission of substance abuse from diagnostic consideration can have a major effect on quality of care, because substance abuse can be the underlying cause of other diseases. Therefore, routine administration of this instrument in clinical practice can lead to better understanding and monitoring of patient health.27

Similar to other instruments, CAGE is free and available online.27 It contains 4 simple questions, with 1 point is assigned to each positive answer.

Have you ever:
1. Felt the need to cut down on your drinking or drug use?
2. Have people annoyed you by criticizing your drinking or drug use?
3. Have you felt bad or guilty about your drinking or drug use?
4. Have you ever had a drink or used drugs first thing in the morning to steady your nerves or to get rid of a hangover (eye-opener)?

The simple mnemonic CAGE makes the questions easy to remember and to administer in a clinical setting. CAGE has demonstrated validity, with one study determining that CAGE scores ≥2 had a specificity and sensitivity of 76% and 93%, respectively, for identifying excessive drinking, and a specificity and sensitivity of 77% and 91%, respectively, for identifying alcohol abuse.28

Columbia Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS)

C-SSRS was developed by researchers at Columbia University to assess the severity of and track changes over time in suicidal ideation and behavior. C-SSRS is 2 pages and takes only a few minutes to administer; however, it also may be completed as a self-report measure. The questions are phrased for use in an interview format, and clinicians are encouraged to receive training prior to its administration, although specific training in mental health is not required.

The “Lifetime/Recent” version allows practitioners to gather lifetime history of suicidality as well as any recent suicidal ideation and/or behavior, whereas the “Since Last Visit” version of the scale assesses suicidality in patients who have completed at least 1 Lifetime/Recent C-SSRS assessment. A truncated, 6-item “Screener” version is typically used in emergency situations. A risk assessment can be added to either the Full or Screener version to summarize the answers from C-SSRS and document risk and protective factors.29

Several studies have found C-SSRS to be reliable and valid for identifying suicide risk in children and adults.30,31USA Today reported that an individual exhibiting even a single behavior identified by the scale is 8 to 10 times more likely to complete suicide.32 In addition, the C-SSRS has helped reduce the suicide rate 65% in one of the largest providers of community-based behavioral health care in the United States.32

Using scales to augment care

Each of the scales described in this article can easily be incorporated into clinical practice and offers psychiatrists important clinical information that may have been missed or not addressed in the initial clinical interview. This information can be used to follow progression of symptoms and effectiveness of treatment. Although rating scales should never be used alone to establish a diagnosis or clinical treatment plan, they can and should be used to augment information from the clinician’s assessment and follow-up interviews.5
 

Bottom Line

Despite the importance of tracking patients’ progress through the use of validated clinical rating scales, there is gross underutilization of such instruments. Several readily available rating scales are brief, useful, and easy to incorporate into clinical practice.

Related Resources

  • Rittenhouse DR, Shortell SM, Fisher ES. Primary care and accountable care—two essential elements of delivery-system reform. N Engl J Med. 2009;361(24):2301-2303.
  • Sapyta J, Riemer M, Bickman L. Feedback to clinicians: theory, research, and practice. J Clin Psychol. 2005;61(2):145-153.
References

1. McDowell I. Measuring health: a guide to rating scales and questionnaires. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2006.
2. Kennedy Forum. Fixing behavioral health care in America: a national call for integrating and coordinating specialty behavioral health care with the medical system. http://thekennedyforum-dot-org.s3.amazonaws.com/documents/KennedyForum-BehavioralHealth_FINAL_3.pdf. Published 2015. Accessed January 13, 2017.
3. The Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology. Behavioral health (BH) Clinical Quality Measures (CQMs) Program initiatives. https://www.healthit.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/2012-09-27-behavioral-health-clinical-quality-measures-program-initiatives-public-forum.pdf. Published September 27, 2012. Accessed January 13, 2017.
4. Unutzer J, Harbin H, Schoenbaum M. The collaborative care model: an approach for integrating physical and mental health care in Medicaid health homes. https://www.medicaid.gov/State-Resource-Center/Medicaid-State-Technical-Assistance/Health-Homes-Technical-Assistance/Downloads/HH-IRC-Collaborative-5-13.pdf. Published May 2013. Accessed January 13, 2016.
5. World Group On Psychiatric Evaluation; American Psychiatric Association Steering Committee On Practice Guidelines. Practice guideline for the psychiatric evaluation of adults. 2nd ed. http://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/psychevaladults.pdf. Published June 2006. Accessed January 13, 2016.
6. Melek S, Norris D, Paulus J. Economic impact of integrated medical-behavioral healthcare: implications for psychiatry. Denver, CO: Milliman, Inc; 2014.
7. Archer J, Bower P, Gilbody S, et al. Collaborative care for depression and anxiety problems. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;10:CD006525. doi: 10.1002/14651858.CD006525.pub2.
8. Kennedy P. Forum. Fixing behavioral health care in America: a national call for measurement-based care. https://www.thekennedyforum.org/news/measurement-based-care-issue-brief. Published December 10, 2015. Accessed January 13, 2017.
9. Zimmerman M, McGlinchey JB. Why don’t psychiatrists use scales to measure outcome when treating depressed patients? J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(12):1916-1919.
10. Hatfield D, McCullough L, Frantz SH, et al. Do we know when our clients get worse? An investigation of therapists’ ability to detect negative client change. Clin Psychol Psychother. 2010;17(1):25-32.
11. SAMHSA-HRSA Center for Integrated Solutions. Screening tools. http://www.integration.samhsa.gov/clinical-practice/screening-tools. Accessed January 14, 2016.
12. Moller HJ. Standardised rating scales in psychiatry: methodological basis, their possibilities and limitations and descriptions of important rating scales. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2009;10(1):6-26.
13. Sajatovic M, Ramirez LF. Rating scales in mental health. 2nd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2003.
14. Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9). http://www.agencymeddirectors.wa.gov/files/AssessmentTools/14-PHQ-9%20overview.pdf. Accessed February 16, 2016.
15. Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9). Rehab Measures Web site. http://www.rehabmeasures.org/Lists/RehabMeasures/DispForm.aspx?ID=954. Updated August 28, 2014. Accessed February 16, 2016.
16. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB. The PHQ-9: validity of a brief depression severity measure. J Gen Intern Med. 2001;16(9):606-613.
17. Löwe B, Unützer J, Callahan CM, et al. Monitoring depression treatment outcomes with the Patient Health Questionnaire-9. Med Care. 2004;42(12):1194-1201.
18. Ketter TA. Strategies for monitoring outcomes in patients with bipolar disorder. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;12(suppl 1):10-16.
19. The Mood Disorder Questionnaire. University of Texas Medical Branch. http://www.dbsalliance.org/pdfs/MDQ.pdf. Published 2000. Accessed March 1, 2016.
20. Hirschfeld RM, Holzer C, Calabrese JR, et al. Validity of the mood disorder questionnaire: a general population study. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(1):178-180.
21. Boschloo L, Nolen WA, Spijker AT, et al. The Mood Disorder Questionnaire (MDQ) for detecting (hypo)manic episodes: its validity and impact of recall bias. J Affect Disord. 2013;151(1):203-208.
22. Spitzer RL, Kroenke K, Williams JB, et al. A brief measure for assessing generalized anxiety disorder: the GAD-7. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166(10):1092-1097.
23. Lowe B, Decker O, Müller S, et al. Validation and standardization of the Generalized Anxiety Disorder Screener (GAD-7) in the general population. Med Care. 2008;46(3):266-274.
24. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB, et al. Anxiety disorders in primary care: prevalence, impairment, comorbidity, and detection. Ann Intern Med. 2007;146(5):317-325.
25. Ewing JA. Detecting alcoholism. The CAGE Questionnaire. JAMA. 1984;252(14):1905-1907.
26. CAGE substance abuse screening tool. Johns Hopkins Medicine. http://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/johns_hopkins_healthcare/downloads/CAGE%20Substance%20Screening%20Tool.pdf. Accessed January 13, 2017.
27. O’Brien CP. The CAGE questionnaire for detection of alcoholism: a remarkably useful but simple tool. JAMA. 2008;300(17):2054-2056.
28. Bernadt MW, Mumford J, Taylor C, et al. Comparison of questionnaire and laboratory tests in the detection of excessive drinking and alcoholism. Lancet. 1982;1(8267):325-328.
29. Columbia Suicide-Severity Rating Scale (CS-SRS). http://cssrs.columbia.edu/the-columbia-scale-c-ssrs/cssrs-for-communities-and-healthcare/#filter=.general-use.english. Accessed March 6, 2016.
30. Mundt JC, Greist JH, Jefferson JW, et al. Prediction of suicidal behavior in clinical research by lifetime suicidal ideation and behavior ascertained by the electronic Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale. J Clin Psychiatry. 2013;74(9):887-893.
31. Posner K, Brown GK, Stanley B, et al. The Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale: initial validity and internal consistency findings from three multisite studies with adolescents and adults. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168(12):1266-1277.
32. Esposito L. Suicide Checklist Spots People at Highest Risk. USA Today. http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/news/health/story/health/story/2011-11-09/Suicide-checklist-spots-people-at-highest-risk/51135944/1. Published November 9, 2011. Accessed March 6, 2016.

References

1. McDowell I. Measuring health: a guide to rating scales and questionnaires. 3rd ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2006.
2. Kennedy Forum. Fixing behavioral health care in America: a national call for integrating and coordinating specialty behavioral health care with the medical system. http://thekennedyforum-dot-org.s3.amazonaws.com/documents/KennedyForum-BehavioralHealth_FINAL_3.pdf. Published 2015. Accessed January 13, 2017.
3. The Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology. Behavioral health (BH) Clinical Quality Measures (CQMs) Program initiatives. https://www.healthit.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/2012-09-27-behavioral-health-clinical-quality-measures-program-initiatives-public-forum.pdf. Published September 27, 2012. Accessed January 13, 2017.
4. Unutzer J, Harbin H, Schoenbaum M. The collaborative care model: an approach for integrating physical and mental health care in Medicaid health homes. https://www.medicaid.gov/State-Resource-Center/Medicaid-State-Technical-Assistance/Health-Homes-Technical-Assistance/Downloads/HH-IRC-Collaborative-5-13.pdf. Published May 2013. Accessed January 13, 2016.
5. World Group On Psychiatric Evaluation; American Psychiatric Association Steering Committee On Practice Guidelines. Practice guideline for the psychiatric evaluation of adults. 2nd ed. http://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/psychevaladults.pdf. Published June 2006. Accessed January 13, 2016.
6. Melek S, Norris D, Paulus J. Economic impact of integrated medical-behavioral healthcare: implications for psychiatry. Denver, CO: Milliman, Inc; 2014.
7. Archer J, Bower P, Gilbody S, et al. Collaborative care for depression and anxiety problems. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;10:CD006525. doi: 10.1002/14651858.CD006525.pub2.
8. Kennedy P. Forum. Fixing behavioral health care in America: a national call for measurement-based care. https://www.thekennedyforum.org/news/measurement-based-care-issue-brief. Published December 10, 2015. Accessed January 13, 2017.
9. Zimmerman M, McGlinchey JB. Why don’t psychiatrists use scales to measure outcome when treating depressed patients? J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(12):1916-1919.
10. Hatfield D, McCullough L, Frantz SH, et al. Do we know when our clients get worse? An investigation of therapists’ ability to detect negative client change. Clin Psychol Psychother. 2010;17(1):25-32.
11. SAMHSA-HRSA Center for Integrated Solutions. Screening tools. http://www.integration.samhsa.gov/clinical-practice/screening-tools. Accessed January 14, 2016.
12. Moller HJ. Standardised rating scales in psychiatry: methodological basis, their possibilities and limitations and descriptions of important rating scales. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2009;10(1):6-26.
13. Sajatovic M, Ramirez LF. Rating scales in mental health. 2nd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2003.
14. Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9). http://www.agencymeddirectors.wa.gov/files/AssessmentTools/14-PHQ-9%20overview.pdf. Accessed February 16, 2016.
15. Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9). Rehab Measures Web site. http://www.rehabmeasures.org/Lists/RehabMeasures/DispForm.aspx?ID=954. Updated August 28, 2014. Accessed February 16, 2016.
16. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB. The PHQ-9: validity of a brief depression severity measure. J Gen Intern Med. 2001;16(9):606-613.
17. Löwe B, Unützer J, Callahan CM, et al. Monitoring depression treatment outcomes with the Patient Health Questionnaire-9. Med Care. 2004;42(12):1194-1201.
18. Ketter TA. Strategies for monitoring outcomes in patients with bipolar disorder. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;12(suppl 1):10-16.
19. The Mood Disorder Questionnaire. University of Texas Medical Branch. http://www.dbsalliance.org/pdfs/MDQ.pdf. Published 2000. Accessed March 1, 2016.
20. Hirschfeld RM, Holzer C, Calabrese JR, et al. Validity of the mood disorder questionnaire: a general population study. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(1):178-180.
21. Boschloo L, Nolen WA, Spijker AT, et al. The Mood Disorder Questionnaire (MDQ) for detecting (hypo)manic episodes: its validity and impact of recall bias. J Affect Disord. 2013;151(1):203-208.
22. Spitzer RL, Kroenke K, Williams JB, et al. A brief measure for assessing generalized anxiety disorder: the GAD-7. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166(10):1092-1097.
23. Lowe B, Decker O, Müller S, et al. Validation and standardization of the Generalized Anxiety Disorder Screener (GAD-7) in the general population. Med Care. 2008;46(3):266-274.
24. Kroenke K, Spitzer RL, Williams JB, et al. Anxiety disorders in primary care: prevalence, impairment, comorbidity, and detection. Ann Intern Med. 2007;146(5):317-325.
25. Ewing JA. Detecting alcoholism. The CAGE Questionnaire. JAMA. 1984;252(14):1905-1907.
26. CAGE substance abuse screening tool. Johns Hopkins Medicine. http://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/johns_hopkins_healthcare/downloads/CAGE%20Substance%20Screening%20Tool.pdf. Accessed January 13, 2017.
27. O’Brien CP. The CAGE questionnaire for detection of alcoholism: a remarkably useful but simple tool. JAMA. 2008;300(17):2054-2056.
28. Bernadt MW, Mumford J, Taylor C, et al. Comparison of questionnaire and laboratory tests in the detection of excessive drinking and alcoholism. Lancet. 1982;1(8267):325-328.
29. Columbia Suicide-Severity Rating Scale (CS-SRS). http://cssrs.columbia.edu/the-columbia-scale-c-ssrs/cssrs-for-communities-and-healthcare/#filter=.general-use.english. Accessed March 6, 2016.
30. Mundt JC, Greist JH, Jefferson JW, et al. Prediction of suicidal behavior in clinical research by lifetime suicidal ideation and behavior ascertained by the electronic Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale. J Clin Psychiatry. 2013;74(9):887-893.
31. Posner K, Brown GK, Stanley B, et al. The Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale: initial validity and internal consistency findings from three multisite studies with adolescents and adults. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168(12):1266-1277.
32. Esposito L. Suicide Checklist Spots People at Highest Risk. USA Today. http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/news/health/story/health/story/2011-11-09/Suicide-checklist-spots-people-at-highest-risk/51135944/1. Published November 9, 2011. Accessed March 6, 2016.

Issue
February 2017
Issue
February 2017
Page Number
21-25
Page Number
21-25
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Using rating scales in a clinical setting: A guide for psychiatrists
Display Headline
Using rating scales in a clinical setting: A guide for psychiatrists
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

An under-recognized epidemic of elder abuse needs your awareness and action

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:01
Display Headline
An under-recognized epidemic of elder abuse needs your awareness and action

In its simplest form, elder abuse refers to the intentional infliction of injury or neglect of an older adult by a caregiver. The 5 primary types of elder abuse include neglect, physical, financial, psychological/emotional, and sexual, with a subtype of social abuse that falls under psychological/emotional abuse.

Differentiating abuse from the normal sequelae of physiologic aging can be difficult; therefore, early identification and awareness of risk factors is key, as well as detailed documentation of the patient encounter. As soon as abuse is suspected, clinicians should report it to Adult Protective Services (APS) for further investigation. In terms of prevention, regular screening for elder abuse is still up for debate, but as the incidence of elder abuse continues to rise so should research and preventive efforts to combat this growing public health concern.
What is ‘elder abuse’?According to the Elder Abuse Prevention, Identification, and Treatment Act of 1985, elder abuse is:
…willful infliction of injury, unreasonable confinement, intimidation or cruel punishment with resulting physical harm or pain or mental anguish or the willful deprivation by a caretaker of goods or services which are necessary to avoid physical harm, mental anguish or mental illness.1


There are 2 main components to this definition:
   • an older adult has suffered injury or deprivation
   • another person is responsible for causing or failing to prevent it.2

Although definitions vary, it generally is accepted that, for elder abuse to occur, it must take place within a relationship of trust.3

An ‘older adult’ is a person age ≥65, representing 14% of the U.S. population.4
According to U.S. Census Bureau data, there were 40 million older adults in 20105;
recent data project that this number will rise to 90 million by 2060 as Baby Boomers age.6 Studies suggest that as many as 10% of older adults in the United States experience elder abuse each year2; one study estimated that 6% of older adults in the community experienced significant abuse in the past month.7

Although elder abuse can occur in any setting, it takes place most often in the community. A survey of state APSs in 2000 showed that 60.7% of abuse was domestic; only 8.3% of incidents occurred in institutional settings.8 The annual direct medical costs associated with elder abuse injury in the United States are estimated at $5.3 billion, which is likely to increase with anticipated growth of the geriatric population.9

Although the number of older adults and the incidence of elder abuse are on the rise, as few as 1 in 14 cases is reported to authorities10; health care providers are some of the least likely of involved parties to report suspected abuse. One study found that 63% of physicians never asked about elder abuse, and only 31% reported encountering it in the previous 12 months.11 A busy clinician—ie, one who sees 20 to 40 geriatric patients a day—has a high likelihood of encountering at least 1 victim of elder abuse,2 yet many cases go unrecognized.
Types of abuseElder abuse comprises 5 categories12:
   • neglect (58.5% of cases)
   • physical (15.7%)
   • financial (12.3%)
   • psychological and emotional (7.3%)
   • sexual (0.04%).

Social abuse is considered a subtype of psychological and emotional abuse. All “other” types of abuse constitute 5.1% cases; 0.06% are of unknown type.12

Neglect is (1) failure of the caregiver to provide life necessities or (2) the responsible person’s refusal to permit others to provide appropriate care.3 This is one of the most common types of elder abuse in residential facilities. Signs of neglect include dehydration, depression, fecal impaction, and malnutrition (Table).4 The prevalence of dehydration in nursing home patients is reported to be as high as 35%, which may be the result of passive or active withholding of liquids (ie, decreasing hydration to reduce the need to change the resident’s clothing or bedding).4 Other forms of neglect include medication misuse (overdosing or underdosing) and self-neglect, which occurs among people living alone and often is listed as a subtype of neglect, but is controversial because it does not involve another person.
 

Physical abuse is a non-accidental act that results in physical pain or injury,3 including bruises, fractures, and burns. Physical abuse is among the most common types of abuse in nursing homes; it has been suggested that approximately 4.8% of residents experience physical abuse that results in a police investigations.13 New research describes resident-on-resident abuse as one of the most prevalent causes of physical abuse.14 Dementia and cognitive decline complicate resident-on-resident abuse, particularly from the standpoint of treating aggression.

Financial exploitation is the illegal or improper use, or mismanagement, of a person’s money, property, or financial resources3—often, to his (her) detriment. Estimates are that 1 of every 20 older adults has been subject to financial abuse at some point in their life.15 There should be a high index of suspicion for financial exploitation when one notices unexplained changes in power of attorney, wills, or other legal documents; missing checks, money, or belongings.16 In the past, adult children were most likely to be financial abusers; in recent years, however, the abuser is more often a spouse—especially a second spouse.17 Bankers, accountants, and other financial advisors are among those trained to identify risk factors for financial abuse; they are encouraged to caution clients about this possibility.18

 

 

Psychological and emotional abuse occurs when a caregiver inflicts mental stress on an older adult by actions and threats that cause fear, violence, isolation, deprivation, or feelings of shame and powerlessness.3 Examples are threatening to put the older adult in a nursing home or verbally abusing him (her). Suspect this type of abuse when a caregiver refuses to leave the older adult or speaks for him, or if the older adult expresses fear in the presence of the caregiver.4 This type of abuse also is prevalent in nursing homes and other long-term care facilities.19

Sexual abuse involves nonconsensual touching or sexual activities (rape, language, exploitive behavior) that are threatened or forced on an older adult.16 Sexual abuse is more common in frail or dependent persons.3 Physical exam findings—particularly dysuria, tender genitalia, and evidence of sexually transmitted infections4—are required to identify sexual abuse, along with signs of depression and display of fear.

Social abuse can be considered a subtype of psychological and emotional abuse, in which a caregiver denies an older adult contact with family and friends or deprives him from access to transportation. Other examples include not allowing the older adult to use the telephone, monitoring phone calls, and claiming that his friends or family are “interfering.”20 Intentionally embarrassing an older adult in front of others also can be considered social abuse.

Technology, particularly smart phones and social media, can complicate and exacerbate elder abuse:
   • In July 2013, employees of a Wisconsin nursing home were found with videos and photographs of residents bathing and of a nude resident who had a bowel obstruction being mocked.21
   • In May 2014, employees of a nursing home in Massachusetts recorded themselves physically and verbally abusing several older adults with Alzheimer’s disease, including one episode of the employees “hitting the woman on her arms, flicking her ears and then pinching the woman’s nose closed.” The employees also possessed a photograph of her naked.22
   • In June 2015, an employee of a nursing home in Indiana was accused of taking
photos of a resident naked and sharing them on the messaging application Snapchat,23 in which images disappear 10 seconds after they are viewed.

As technology evolves, caregivers are finding more cunning ways to abuse older adults. Considering current events and trends in this area, technology as a gateway to elder abuse should be of growing concern.
Risk factorsA 2013 literature review on elder abuse reported that the most important risk factors are related to relationship (family disharmony, poor or conflicting relationships) and environment (a low level of social support),3 although other variables can play a role. Regardless of these findings, it is important to recognize that (1) elder abuse is not a necessary consequence in a family with many risk factors and (2) elder abuse can occur in the absence of any risk factors.

As a whole, women are at a higher risk of abuse, particularly when combined with loneliness, poor social support, cohabitation (especially family members), substance abuse, cognitive impairment, and dementia and other mental health problems.4 Other risk factors include functional deficiency, poor physical health or frailty, low income or wealth, and trauma or past abuse.3

Lower income, poor health, low social support, and belonging to a non-white racial group put an older adult at risk for neglect; female sex is a specific risk factor for sexual assault.15 One study found that, among older adults who suffered physical, mental, or cognitive impairment, 1 of every 4 was at risk of abuse.7

Mental illness. Dementia puts an older adult at higher risk because of increased
caregiver stress resulting from disruptive and aggressive behaviors2; the same is true when the older adult suffers another mental illness, such as anxiety, depression, schizophrenia or bipolar disorder. Presumably, older adults with any of these disorders are at risk of financial and psychological and emotional abuse because of their decreased social support, lack of independence, and inability to hold a job—leaving their caregiver to shoulder more responsibilities and with more opportunities to inflict abuse. In addition, an older adult suffering from depression can feel helpless and unworthy, possibly making him more susceptible to psychological and emotional abuse, and less likely to seek help.

More research is needed to establish racial and ethnic differences in the risk of abuse. Some research states that older adults who are a member of a minority are at greater risk of abuse; however, the difference dissipates after adjusting for variables such as income and social support.24 Cultural confounders, such as varying interpretations of the same set of interactions between older adults, need to be examined further.

 

 

Sexual orientation. Identifying one’s self as a lesbian, gay, bisexual, or transgender (LGBT) person is an additional risk factor for elder abuse. In 1997, a report described a nursing home employee who refused to bathe a resident because he didn’t want to “touch the lesbian.”25 Despite evolving attitudes in society toward support and acceptance of sexual orientation, fear of homophobia still prevents some LGBT older adults from seeking help when they have been abused because of their orientation—especially ones who have internalized that
homophobia and feel that they are unworthy of seeking help.25

In addition, health care providers and nursing home staff members might neglect the particular care needs of LGBT older adults, intentionally or unintentionally. APS staff and providers must be cognizant of underlying biases and exhibit respect when assisting LGBT clients.

Approximately 75% of caregivers of older adults are family members; 70% are female26; and most are adult children, spouses, and partners of those receiving care.27 Male caregivers age ≥40 are more likely to be the abuser, however, especially when they possess any of these risk factors: fatigue, burnout, medical illness, mental illness, lack of financial and support services, family history of abusive behavior, and substance abuse.4 People who commit elder abuse also tend to be significantly dependent on the person they are abusing.2 In some cases, and especially when the abuser is financially needy, caregivers turn to elder abuse to obtain resources from the victim.2

From your standpoint as a practitioner, it is important to determine the root cause of elder abuse. According to one review,28 family members with mental illness or a history of substance abuse, or who are stressed by the burden of caregiving, abuse older adults at a higher rate than family members who are not affected in those ways. Depression in particular is a common characteristic of abusers,2 often secondary to the stress of caring for an older adult.

Abuse caused by stress can be addressed by referral to a support group and counseling for the caregiver; psychiatric conditions, such as depression, might be better treated with pharmacotherapy. Evaluate for depression and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in both the abuser and the abused,29 and for other mental health issues that might compound the situation. It is possible for you to have 2 patients: the older adult and his caregiver. Regardless of the challenge,keep in mind that the older adult’s safety is your priority.
Consequences for the abusedThe abused adult is at risk of a number of serious physical and psychological consequences.30 They tend to have a shorter lifespan, after adjusting for other variables associated with increased mortality.

The reason for shortened lifespan is multifactorial30:
   • Bruises, abrasions, and fractures may take longer to heal because of diminished skin and bone regeneration.
   • Diseases that affect the heart, lungs, and kidneys might prevent the person from bouncing back from major stressors caused by abuse, such as blood loss, severe injury, and pain.
   • Injury from abuse can exacerbate an underlying illness.
   • Elder abuse also is associated with increased emergency department use, hospitalization (including readmission within 30 days), and nursing home placement.31

Elder abuse can lead to depression, shame, and guilt; increased isolation; and
increased risk of alcohol abuse and substance use.31 A study found that victims of
elder abuse are significantly more depressed than non-victims.32

In the same study, being a victim of abuse was found to be the second-strongest
predictor of depression, after the state of one’s health.32 Other potential psychiatric
consequences of abuse that need further study include increased risk of developing
fear and anxiety disorders; learned helplessness; and PTSD.33 According to LoFaso,
“depression and anxiety can consume their days and leave them emotionally and
physically frail.”29 Such feelings make these older adults less likely to resolve abuse or break off relations with the abuser.32

Because mental illness can be a risk factor for, and a consequence of, elder abuse,
be aware of such complications and address them appropriately. Keep in mind that older adults are more likely to visit a primary care practitioner than a psychiatrist for a routine health check-up or evaluation of initial cognition-related problems; however, they are more likely to see a psychiatrist for advanced neuropsychiatric problems such as dementia, paranoia, delusions, hallucinations, and insomnia. Adequate education on elder abuse should not be limited to a single medical specialty because it can present in several clinical settings.
Identifying abuseIdentification of elder abuse in the home poses a greater challenge to clinicians than abuse in an institutional setting because it is not directly observable. Compounding this is the lack of unified standards for identifying and dealing with elder abuse. It is first necessary for you to determine the likelihood that abuse or neglect occurred, which can be difficult because the signs of elder abuse and manifestations of normal aging often are similar. You also must establish whether (1) the abused person will accept intervention and (2) the abused person who refuses intervention has the capacity to make that decision. Both of these conditions will guide your approach to management.2

 

 

Obtain the history from several sources; review the records; and carefully examine patterns of injury, in particular assessing functional status and level of dependency on the caregiver. Explanations that do not match injuries signal the need for further investigation and examination.

To help differentiate elder abuse from normal physiologic aging, look at the skin for bruises, rashes that do not heal, and ulcers—all of which could be signs of abuse or neglect. Keep in mind that bruising generally is more common in older adults because of the slower turnover rate of epidermal cells; physiologic bruising tends to occur on dorsal aspects of the hands and arms.4 In contrast, bruising secondary to neglect or physical abuse can manifest as a subgaleal hematoma (caused by traumatic hair pulling), tracking in the peritoneum after genital trauma, Battle’s sign, and raccoon eyes, among other findings.4

In addition, larger bruises (>5 cm in diameter) are more likely the result of elder abuse.34 To complicate matters, many older persons are taking anticoagulant therapy, making bruising more likely. In addition, be on the lookout for burns during the physical exam. Evidence suggests that at least 10% of burns caused by battery and assault occur in the context of elder abuse; most burn facilities do not have formal guidelines for screening for abuse and neglect, however.35 According to one retrospective study, the most common causes of burns in older adults are hot water scalds and radiator contact, and the mortality rate of older burn patients in general is higher than among the overall population.36

Falls and fractures are common among older adults, regardless of whether they are
abused, because of polypharmacy, underlying medical conditions, and functional
limitations. Many abusers, however, use these factors to cover up intentional injury
that might have resulted in the older person falling, including overmedication (a form of physical abuse) and withholding a necessary walking aid (a form of neglect). Maintain a high index of suspicion of elder abuse when (1) the caregiver’s and the older adult’s stories of an injury don’t add up and (2) physical findings that might have been caused by abuse are present.

A number of psychiatric and cognitive symptoms suggest other types of elder abuse. Take note of emotional upset, agitation, and unusual behaviors37—especially if you can follow the patient over time to observe marked changes in the presentation. Likewise, be aware of proposed alterations in guardianship, which should be evaluated by a forensic psychiatrist with analysis of medical history, social attachments, home environment, self-care, and finances.38 Such evaluation should provide clues to the motivation behind a change of guardianship and will help to determine if elder abuse should be suspected.

Brandi et al37 provided an informative table that identifies pertinent signs, symptoms, and other findings that clinicians should be aware of to support a suspicion of elder abuse (Table).

Documentation is of utmost importance in evaluating potential elder abuse; keep in mind that the medical record might be used in an investigation of abuse by social workers, law enforcement, and prosecutors. Your records should be legible, clearly indicate who the main caregiver is and what his (her) responsibilities are, and specify who is present at your encounter with the patient.4 Document your observations of patient behavior, reactions to questions, and family dynamics and conflicts16; make note of warning signs such as fear, silence, and inability to interview the patient alone.

In addition to written documentation, take photographs of injuries, with a ruler in the image to record their size. Serial photographs are helpful; so are photographs from a variety of distances (close-up, regional, wholebody) to capture detail and place the wound in the context of a specific area of the body.4

Safety is paramount. Given the findings of the history and physical exam, it is necessary to determine whether it is safe for the patient to return home with the caregiver, or if alternate accommodations or resources, such as a social worker or a support group, are required. Include details of planned follow-up in your evaluation, and offer consideration of possible psychiatric disorders that can develop as a result of such abuse.
ReportingElder abuse is a criminal offense in all states.39 A clinician who has reasonable suspicion that elder abuse occurred must report it, regardless of whether the proof of abuse is concrete.40 At a point of reasonable suspicion, immediately contact APS, law enforcement, and a social worker. Adult Protective Services, modeled after Child Protective Services, is typically administered by local and state health
departments.41

After a report is filed with APS, an assigned social worker makes an in-person home visit to investigate the allegation and determine whether elder abuse is substantiated, partially substantiated, or unsubstantiated.16 In most states, elder abuse reporting is not anonymous because follow-up may be needed to provide additional evidence, especially if the report was made by a health care provider.16

 

 

No federal standard exists for states to follow when defining and addressing elder abuse, which can complicate identification and reporting of abuse. Laws governing elder abuse do not allow states to determine the fate of the older adult, who can decide for himself (herself) whether to use or waive protective services.42 Older adults might choose not to report abuse because of shame, intimidation, or fear,43 or to protect a caregiver, who often is a family member.

Elder abuse reports can come from a variety of sources; convincing evidence is, as noted, unnecessary to report it. Health care providers are mandated reporters, but
it is believed that the number of clinicians who report elder abuse based on suspicion is far below what it should be. One study found that 94% of physicians said that they either were unable to prove that the abuse had occurred or decided not to report it.11 Another study found that only 1.4% of elder abuse cases reported to APS come from physicians.44

There are several possible reasons for underreporting elder abuse, including (1) the difficulty of distinguishing elder abuse and neglect from sequelae of normal aging and (2) the fact that cognitive and functional impairment of the abused person makes it difficult, even impossible, to establish the narrative of how the abuse happened. Nursing homes in particular provide a high level of oversight because residents have an average of ≥3 functional deficits.4 Other reasons for underreporting—some of which are difficult to understand, and excuse, in a clinician—are:
   • subtlety of signs
   • victim denial
   • ignorance of reporting procedures
   • inadequate training
   • lack of information about resources
   • concern about losing physician–patient rapport
   • concern about involvement in the legal system
   • time limitations
   • doubt about the effectiveness of APS.16
 

Assessing capacityThe older adult’s wishes must be respected unless a health care provider or the legal system determines that he lacks functional capacity to make decisions.16

How is capacity evaluated? A capacity evaluation has 3 components:
   • Comprehension is a person’s factual understanding of the situation, including
consequences and alternatives
   • Free choice is a person’s voluntary decision to accept or reject a proposed treatment, free of coercion (in this setting, free choice is the older adult’s decision whether to report the abuse)
   • Reliability is a person’s ability to provide a consistent choice over time.45

Most capacity evaluations are conducted by clinical interview. No single, brief test is used universally, and there is the possibility of inter-rater variability.45 Examples of tests used to assess capacity are the Folstein Mini-Mental Status Examination and the MacArthur Competence Assessment Tool-Treatment45; the latter is a structured interview that incorporates information specific to the individual patient’s decision-making situation.46 Regardless of the approach, the psychiatrist-evaluator ensures that the older adult has been given the appropriate information
to provide informed consent about the situation.47

If the evaluator determines that a person lacks capacity to make decisions, efforts should be made to determine if the cause of that impairment is reversible.47 Older adults who have dementia or other underlying psychiatric condition that impairs cognition might benefit from more education on their situation; ones who appear fearful of consequences should be introduced to a trusted advisor to assist in making competent judgments.47

If the older adult is found to lack capacity, a substitute decision-maker must be sought.47 Many states have statutes specifying the order in which family members are contacted.48 The need to appoint an advisor can become knotty because the suspected abuser often is a family member; clinicians and others involved in identifying a decision-maker to speak on behalf of an older adult should choose carefully.
Prevention and screeningKey to reducing the prevalence of elder abuse in the community is formulating
strategies for prevention and screening. The American Medical Association recommends that clinicians “incorporate routine questions related to elder abuse and neglect into daily practice.”49 Older adults might not admit to abuse or neglect unless they are asked; speak to patients at eye level, keep questions simple, direct, and nonjudgmental, and assure them (1) that discussions are confidential and (2) that their safety is your primary goal.50,51

Comprehensive approaches to questioning patients are available and often recommended for screening for elder abuse.4 However, screening in the office setting often involves short, directly administered questionnaires.49 For example, the Health and Safety Screen developed at the University of Maine comprises 6 questions52:
   • Has anyone close to you called you names or insulted you recently?
   • Are you afraid of anyone in your life?
   • Are you able to use the telephone anytime you want to?
   • Has anyone forced you to do things you didn’t want to do?
   • Has anyone taken things or money that belong to you without your OK?
   • Has anyone close to you tried to hurt you or harm you recently?

 

 

Because of time constraints and lack of a universal standard, there is debate whether regular elder abuse screening is time-effective. It often is recommended, therefore, that clinicians in primary care (1) refer older adults with risk factors for abuse to geriatric medical teams trained in these measures and (2) perform periodic follow-up on such patients4 (Figure).

Because of limitations to regular screenings, the best method of prevention might be to raise awareness of elder abuse among clinicians and in the community. For example:
   • New York City Elder Abuse Center encourages collaboration among health, mental health, and community justice organizations.28 The program involves a number of resources for addressing elder abuse, such as promoting staff awareness of risk factors for, and signs of, abuse, and screening for mental health problems in the abused.
   • The Elder Justice Act, enacted in 2010 to combat elder abuse, provides federal funds and resources to prevent, detect, treat, and intervene to stop abuse and, when appropriate, to prosecute abusers.53

This Web Exclusive Table provides a 7-point summary reference guide for understanding and preventing elder abuse in your practice.

BOTTOM LINEIdentification of elder abuse can be difficult because signs and symptoms of abuse closely resemble physiologic aging. Older adults with identifiable risk factors should be screened for abuse; time constraints make universal screening impossible at this time. In the future, multidisciplinary approaches likely will make elder abuse more easily identifiable through the combined work of health care providers, law enforcement agencies, banks, and other institutions—with the ultimate goal of protecting older adults in the community from abuse.

Related Resources
• Frazão SL, Correia AM, Norton P, et al. Physical abuse against elderly persons in institutional settings. J Forensic Leg Med. 2015;36:54-60.
• Sorrentino R. Performing capacity evaluations: what’s expected from your consult. Current Psychiatry. 2014;13(1):41-44.

 

Disclosures
Ms. Hubert reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Gupta is a member of the speakers’ bureau of Alkermes, Allergan, Avanir Pharmaceuticals, Takeda Pharmaceutical, Lundbeck, Otsuka Pharmaceutical, and Sunovion Pharmaceuticals.

References


1. The Elder Abuse Prevention, Identification, and Treatment Act of 1985, HR 1674, 99th Cong (1985).
2. Lachs MS, Pillemer K. Elder abuse. Lancet. 2004;364(9441):1263-1272.
3. Johannesen M, LoGiudice D. Elder abuse: a systematic review of risk factors in community-dwelling elders. Age Ageing. 2013;42(3):292-298.
4. Gibbs LM, Mosqueda L, eds. Medical implications of elder abuse and neglect. Clin Geriatr Med. 2014;30(4):xv-xvi. doi: 10.1016/j.cger.2014.08.015.
5. Werner CA. The Older Population: 2010. U.S. Census Bureau. http://webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:hCCb_pcnO6QJ :ht tps://www.census.gov/prod/cen2010/briefs/c2010br-09.pdf+&cd=1&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=uss. Issued November 2011. Accessed October 10, 2015.
6. Himes CL. Elderly Americans. Population Bulletin. 2002;56(4):1-41.
7. Cooper C, Selwood A, Livingston G. The prevalence of elder abuse and neglect: a systematic review. Age Ageing. 2008;37(2):151-60.
8. Teaster PB. A response to the abuse of vulnerable adults: the 2000 Survey of State Adult Protective Services. The National Center on Elder Abuse. http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/Resources/Publication/docs/apsreport030703.pdf. 2003.
Accessed October 22, 2015.
9. Mouton CP, Rodabough RJ, Rovi SL, et al. Prevalence and 3-year incidence of abuse among postmenopausal women. Am J Public Health. 2004;94(4):605-612.
10. Acierno R, Hernandez MA, Amstadter AB, et al. Prevalence and correlates of emotional, physical, sexual, and financial abuse and potential neglect in the United States: the National Elder Mistreatment Study. Am J Public Health. 2010;100(2):292-297.
11. Kennedy RD. Elder abuse and neglect: the experience, knowledge, and attitudes of primary care physicians. Fam Med. 2005;37(7):481-485.
12. Statistic Brain Research Institute. Elderly abuse statistics. http://www.statisticbrain.com/elderly-abuse-statistics. Accessed June 22, 2015.
13. Lachs MS, Bachman R, Williams CS, et al. Resident-to-resident elder mistreatment and police contact in nursing homes: findings from a population-based cohort. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2007;55(6):840-845.
14. Lachs M, Bachman R, Williams C, et al. Older adults as crime victims, perpetrators, witnesses, and complainants: a population-based study of police interactions. J Elder Abuse Negl. 2005;16(4):25-40.
15. Acierno R, Hernandez-Tejada M, Muzzy W, et al. National Elder Mistreatment Study. Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice; 2009.
16. Dong XQ. Elder abuse: systematic review and implications for practice. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2015;63(6):1214-1238.
17. Freedman M. The growing epidemic of financial elder abuse. The Tax Advisor. http://www.cpa2biz.com/Content/media/PRODUCER_CONTENT/Newsletters/
Articles_2007/Tax/Financial_Elder_Abuse.jsp. Published November 2007. Accessed June 24, 2015.
18. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Protection for older Americans. http://www.consumerfinance.gov/olderamericans. Accessed June 22, 2015.
19. Castle NG. Nursing home deficiency citations for abuse. J Appl Gerontol. 2011;30(6):719-743.
20. Elder Abuse Prevention Unit. Social abuse. http://www.eapu.com.au/elder-abuse/social-abuse. Published 2014. Accessed June 24, 2015.
21. Former nursing home employees allegedly photographed naked resident. United Press International. http://www.upi.com/Top_News/US/2013/07/03/Former-nursinghome-employees-allegedly-photographed-nakedresidents/
65801372893020. Published July 3, 2013. Accessed June 24, 2015.
22. Miller N. Two charged with elder assault at an assisted living facility. MetroWest Daily News. http://www.metrowestdailynews.com/article/20140506/
NEWS/140507587. Updated May 7, 2014. Accessed June 24, 2015.
23. Jorgensen J. New charges filed in nursing home case.WHAS11. http://www.whas11.com/story/news/local/2015/06/24/new-charges-filed-in-nursing-homecase/29243183/. Published June 24, 2015. Accessed June 27, 2015.
24. Hermandez-Tejada MA, Amstadter A, Muzzy W, et al. The National Elder Mistreatment Study: race and ethnicity findings. J Elder Abuse Negl. 2013;25(4):281-293.
25. Cooks-Daniels L. Lesbian, gay male, bisexual and transgendered elders: elder abuse and neglect issues. J Elder Abuse Negl. 1998;9(2):35-49.
26. Zarit SH, Reever KE, Bach-Peterson J. Relatives of the impaired elderly: correlates of feelings of burden. Gerontologist. 1980;20(6):649-655.
27. Tatara T, Blumerman Kuzmeskus L, Duckhorn E, et al. The National Center on Elder Abuse Incidence Study: final report. http://aoa.gov/AoA_Programs/Elder_Rights/Elder_Abuse/docs/ABuseReport_Full.pdf. Published September 1998. Accessed October 19, 2015.
28. Rosen AL. Where mental health and elder abuse intersect. Generations. 2014;38(3):75-79.
29. LoFaso V. The role of the primary physician in assessing and treating the mental health concerns of elder abuse victims. NYC Elder Abuse Center eNewsletter.nyceac.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Exploring-the-IntersectionofElder-Abuse-and-Mental-Health_eNewsletter.pdf. Published March 12, 2013. Accessed August 20, 2015.
30. Lachs MS, Williams CS, O’Brien S, et al. The mortality of elder mistreatment. JAMA. 1998;280(5):428-432.
31. Dyer CB, Pavlik VN, Murphy KP, et al. The high prevalence of depression and dementia in elder abuse or neglect. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2000;48(2):205-208.
32. Pillemer K, Prescott D. Psychological effects of elder abuse: a research note. J Elder Abuse Negl. 1988;1(1):65-73.
33. Elder abuse: consequences. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/elderabuse/consequences.html. Updated June 22, 2015.Accessed August 20, 2015.
34. Wiglesworth A, Austin R, Corona M, et al. Bruising as a marker of physical elder abuse. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2009;57(7):1191-1196.
35. Peck MD. Epidemiology of burns throughout the World. Part II: intentional burns in adults. Burns. 2012;38(5):630-637.
36. 2014 National Burn Repository; report of data between 2004-2013. American Burn Association. http://www.ameriburn.org/2014NBRAnnualReport.pdf. Published 2014. Accessed June 26, 2015.
37. Brandi B, Dyer CB, Heisler CJ, et al. Systemic responses to elder abuse. In: Brandi B, Dyer CB, Heisler CJ, eds. Elder abuse detection and intervention: a collaborative approach. New York, NY: Spring Publishing Company; 2007:79-100.
38. Welner M. Guardianship. The Forensic Panel. http://www.forensicpanel.com/expert_services/psychiatry/civil_law/guardianship.html. Accessed August 20, 2015.
39. Watson E. Elder abuse: definition, types and statistics, and elder abuse (mistreatment and neglect) laws. Journal of Legal Nurse Consulting. 2013;24(2):40-42.
40. National Center on Elder Abuse Administration on Aging. Reporting abuse. http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/Stop_Abuse/Get_Help/Report/index.aspx. Accessed August 18, 2015.
41. Mukherjee D. Organizational structures of elder abuse reporting systems. Administration in Social Work. 2011;35(5):517-531.
42. Costin LB, Karger HJ, Stoesz H. The politics of child abuse in America. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 1996.
43. Thomson MJ, Lietzau LK, Doty MM, et al. An analysis of elder abuse rates in Milwaukee County. WMJ. 2011;110(6):271-276.
44. Teaster PB, Dugar TA, Mendiondo MS, et al; The National Committee for the Prevention of Elder Abuse; The National Adult Protective Services Association. The 2004 Survey of State Adult Protective Services: Abuse of Adults 60 Years and Older. http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/Resources/Publication/docs/APS_2004NCEASurvey.pdf. Published March 2007. Accessed October 19, 2015.
45. Sorrentino R. Performing capacity evaluations: what’s expected from your consult. Current Psychiatry. 2014;13(1):41-44.
46. Grisso T, Appelbaum PS. MacArthur competence assessment tool for treatment (MacCAT-T). Sarasota, FL: Professional Resources Press; 1998.
47. Appelbaum PS. Clinical practice. Assessment of patients’ competence to consent to treatment. N Engl J Med. 2007;35(18):1834-1840.
48. Wynn S. Decision by surrogates: An overview of surrogate consent laws in the United States. Bifocal: A Journal of the ABA Commission on Bar and Aging. 2014;36(1). http://www.americanbar.org/publications/bifocal/vol_36/
issue_1_october2014/default_surrogate_consent_statutes.html. Accessed October 22, 2015.
49. American Medical Association. Diagnostic and treatment guidelines on elder abuse and neglect. Chicago, IL: American Medical Association; 1992.
50. Harrell R, Toronjo C, McLaughlin J, et al. How geriatricians identify elder abuse and neglect. Am J Med Sci. 2002;323(1):34-38.
51. Ahmad M, Lachs MS. Elder abuse and neglect: what physicians can and should do. Cleve Clin J Med. 2002; 69(10):801-808.
52. Elder abuse screening protocol for physicians: lessons learned from the Maine Partners for Elder Protection Pilot Project. University of Maine Center on Aging. http://umcoa.siteturbine.com/uploaded_files/mainecenteronaging.umaine.edu/files/elderabusescreeningmanual.pdf. Published May 2, 2007. Accessed August 20, 2015.
53. What is the Elder Justice Act? USC Davis School of Gerontology. http://gerontology.usc.edu/resources/articles/what-is-the-elder-justice-act/. Published 2015. Accessed October 20, 2015.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

 

Kaleigh Hubert, BS, BA
Physician Assistant Student
Daemen College
Amherst, New York


Sanjay Gupta, MD
Consulting Psychiatrist
DENT Neurological Institute
Medical Director, Geriatric and Adult Psychiatry
Mid-Erie Clinic
Buffalo, New York
Clinical Professor
Department of Psychiatry
State University of New York at Buffalo
Buffalo, New York
State University of New York
Upstate Medical University
Syracuse, New York
Member, Editorial Board, Current Psychiatry

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 14(11)
Publications
Page Number
23-25,30,32-35,40,42,e3
Legacy Keywords
elder abuse, geriatric, older people, abuse, neglect, financial, emotional, sexual, psychological, social abuse
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

 

Kaleigh Hubert, BS, BA
Physician Assistant Student
Daemen College
Amherst, New York


Sanjay Gupta, MD
Consulting Psychiatrist
DENT Neurological Institute
Medical Director, Geriatric and Adult Psychiatry
Mid-Erie Clinic
Buffalo, New York
Clinical Professor
Department of Psychiatry
State University of New York at Buffalo
Buffalo, New York
State University of New York
Upstate Medical University
Syracuse, New York
Member, Editorial Board, Current Psychiatry

Author and Disclosure Information

 

Kaleigh Hubert, BS, BA
Physician Assistant Student
Daemen College
Amherst, New York


Sanjay Gupta, MD
Consulting Psychiatrist
DENT Neurological Institute
Medical Director, Geriatric and Adult Psychiatry
Mid-Erie Clinic
Buffalo, New York
Clinical Professor
Department of Psychiatry
State University of New York at Buffalo
Buffalo, New York
State University of New York
Upstate Medical University
Syracuse, New York
Member, Editorial Board, Current Psychiatry

Article PDF
Article PDF

In its simplest form, elder abuse refers to the intentional infliction of injury or neglect of an older adult by a caregiver. The 5 primary types of elder abuse include neglect, physical, financial, psychological/emotional, and sexual, with a subtype of social abuse that falls under psychological/emotional abuse.

Differentiating abuse from the normal sequelae of physiologic aging can be difficult; therefore, early identification and awareness of risk factors is key, as well as detailed documentation of the patient encounter. As soon as abuse is suspected, clinicians should report it to Adult Protective Services (APS) for further investigation. In terms of prevention, regular screening for elder abuse is still up for debate, but as the incidence of elder abuse continues to rise so should research and preventive efforts to combat this growing public health concern.
What is ‘elder abuse’?According to the Elder Abuse Prevention, Identification, and Treatment Act of 1985, elder abuse is:
…willful infliction of injury, unreasonable confinement, intimidation or cruel punishment with resulting physical harm or pain or mental anguish or the willful deprivation by a caretaker of goods or services which are necessary to avoid physical harm, mental anguish or mental illness.1


There are 2 main components to this definition:
   • an older adult has suffered injury or deprivation
   • another person is responsible for causing or failing to prevent it.2

Although definitions vary, it generally is accepted that, for elder abuse to occur, it must take place within a relationship of trust.3

An ‘older adult’ is a person age ≥65, representing 14% of the U.S. population.4
According to U.S. Census Bureau data, there were 40 million older adults in 20105;
recent data project that this number will rise to 90 million by 2060 as Baby Boomers age.6 Studies suggest that as many as 10% of older adults in the United States experience elder abuse each year2; one study estimated that 6% of older adults in the community experienced significant abuse in the past month.7

Although elder abuse can occur in any setting, it takes place most often in the community. A survey of state APSs in 2000 showed that 60.7% of abuse was domestic; only 8.3% of incidents occurred in institutional settings.8 The annual direct medical costs associated with elder abuse injury in the United States are estimated at $5.3 billion, which is likely to increase with anticipated growth of the geriatric population.9

Although the number of older adults and the incidence of elder abuse are on the rise, as few as 1 in 14 cases is reported to authorities10; health care providers are some of the least likely of involved parties to report suspected abuse. One study found that 63% of physicians never asked about elder abuse, and only 31% reported encountering it in the previous 12 months.11 A busy clinician—ie, one who sees 20 to 40 geriatric patients a day—has a high likelihood of encountering at least 1 victim of elder abuse,2 yet many cases go unrecognized.
Types of abuseElder abuse comprises 5 categories12:
   • neglect (58.5% of cases)
   • physical (15.7%)
   • financial (12.3%)
   • psychological and emotional (7.3%)
   • sexual (0.04%).

Social abuse is considered a subtype of psychological and emotional abuse. All “other” types of abuse constitute 5.1% cases; 0.06% are of unknown type.12

Neglect is (1) failure of the caregiver to provide life necessities or (2) the responsible person’s refusal to permit others to provide appropriate care.3 This is one of the most common types of elder abuse in residential facilities. Signs of neglect include dehydration, depression, fecal impaction, and malnutrition (Table).4 The prevalence of dehydration in nursing home patients is reported to be as high as 35%, which may be the result of passive or active withholding of liquids (ie, decreasing hydration to reduce the need to change the resident’s clothing or bedding).4 Other forms of neglect include medication misuse (overdosing or underdosing) and self-neglect, which occurs among people living alone and often is listed as a subtype of neglect, but is controversial because it does not involve another person.
 

Physical abuse is a non-accidental act that results in physical pain or injury,3 including bruises, fractures, and burns. Physical abuse is among the most common types of abuse in nursing homes; it has been suggested that approximately 4.8% of residents experience physical abuse that results in a police investigations.13 New research describes resident-on-resident abuse as one of the most prevalent causes of physical abuse.14 Dementia and cognitive decline complicate resident-on-resident abuse, particularly from the standpoint of treating aggression.

Financial exploitation is the illegal or improper use, or mismanagement, of a person’s money, property, or financial resources3—often, to his (her) detriment. Estimates are that 1 of every 20 older adults has been subject to financial abuse at some point in their life.15 There should be a high index of suspicion for financial exploitation when one notices unexplained changes in power of attorney, wills, or other legal documents; missing checks, money, or belongings.16 In the past, adult children were most likely to be financial abusers; in recent years, however, the abuser is more often a spouse—especially a second spouse.17 Bankers, accountants, and other financial advisors are among those trained to identify risk factors for financial abuse; they are encouraged to caution clients about this possibility.18

 

 

Psychological and emotional abuse occurs when a caregiver inflicts mental stress on an older adult by actions and threats that cause fear, violence, isolation, deprivation, or feelings of shame and powerlessness.3 Examples are threatening to put the older adult in a nursing home or verbally abusing him (her). Suspect this type of abuse when a caregiver refuses to leave the older adult or speaks for him, or if the older adult expresses fear in the presence of the caregiver.4 This type of abuse also is prevalent in nursing homes and other long-term care facilities.19

Sexual abuse involves nonconsensual touching or sexual activities (rape, language, exploitive behavior) that are threatened or forced on an older adult.16 Sexual abuse is more common in frail or dependent persons.3 Physical exam findings—particularly dysuria, tender genitalia, and evidence of sexually transmitted infections4—are required to identify sexual abuse, along with signs of depression and display of fear.

Social abuse can be considered a subtype of psychological and emotional abuse, in which a caregiver denies an older adult contact with family and friends or deprives him from access to transportation. Other examples include not allowing the older adult to use the telephone, monitoring phone calls, and claiming that his friends or family are “interfering.”20 Intentionally embarrassing an older adult in front of others also can be considered social abuse.

Technology, particularly smart phones and social media, can complicate and exacerbate elder abuse:
   • In July 2013, employees of a Wisconsin nursing home were found with videos and photographs of residents bathing and of a nude resident who had a bowel obstruction being mocked.21
   • In May 2014, employees of a nursing home in Massachusetts recorded themselves physically and verbally abusing several older adults with Alzheimer’s disease, including one episode of the employees “hitting the woman on her arms, flicking her ears and then pinching the woman’s nose closed.” The employees also possessed a photograph of her naked.22
   • In June 2015, an employee of a nursing home in Indiana was accused of taking
photos of a resident naked and sharing them on the messaging application Snapchat,23 in which images disappear 10 seconds after they are viewed.

As technology evolves, caregivers are finding more cunning ways to abuse older adults. Considering current events and trends in this area, technology as a gateway to elder abuse should be of growing concern.
Risk factorsA 2013 literature review on elder abuse reported that the most important risk factors are related to relationship (family disharmony, poor or conflicting relationships) and environment (a low level of social support),3 although other variables can play a role. Regardless of these findings, it is important to recognize that (1) elder abuse is not a necessary consequence in a family with many risk factors and (2) elder abuse can occur in the absence of any risk factors.

As a whole, women are at a higher risk of abuse, particularly when combined with loneliness, poor social support, cohabitation (especially family members), substance abuse, cognitive impairment, and dementia and other mental health problems.4 Other risk factors include functional deficiency, poor physical health or frailty, low income or wealth, and trauma or past abuse.3

Lower income, poor health, low social support, and belonging to a non-white racial group put an older adult at risk for neglect; female sex is a specific risk factor for sexual assault.15 One study found that, among older adults who suffered physical, mental, or cognitive impairment, 1 of every 4 was at risk of abuse.7

Mental illness. Dementia puts an older adult at higher risk because of increased
caregiver stress resulting from disruptive and aggressive behaviors2; the same is true when the older adult suffers another mental illness, such as anxiety, depression, schizophrenia or bipolar disorder. Presumably, older adults with any of these disorders are at risk of financial and psychological and emotional abuse because of their decreased social support, lack of independence, and inability to hold a job—leaving their caregiver to shoulder more responsibilities and with more opportunities to inflict abuse. In addition, an older adult suffering from depression can feel helpless and unworthy, possibly making him more susceptible to psychological and emotional abuse, and less likely to seek help.

More research is needed to establish racial and ethnic differences in the risk of abuse. Some research states that older adults who are a member of a minority are at greater risk of abuse; however, the difference dissipates after adjusting for variables such as income and social support.24 Cultural confounders, such as varying interpretations of the same set of interactions between older adults, need to be examined further.

 

 

Sexual orientation. Identifying one’s self as a lesbian, gay, bisexual, or transgender (LGBT) person is an additional risk factor for elder abuse. In 1997, a report described a nursing home employee who refused to bathe a resident because he didn’t want to “touch the lesbian.”25 Despite evolving attitudes in society toward support and acceptance of sexual orientation, fear of homophobia still prevents some LGBT older adults from seeking help when they have been abused because of their orientation—especially ones who have internalized that
homophobia and feel that they are unworthy of seeking help.25

In addition, health care providers and nursing home staff members might neglect the particular care needs of LGBT older adults, intentionally or unintentionally. APS staff and providers must be cognizant of underlying biases and exhibit respect when assisting LGBT clients.

Approximately 75% of caregivers of older adults are family members; 70% are female26; and most are adult children, spouses, and partners of those receiving care.27 Male caregivers age ≥40 are more likely to be the abuser, however, especially when they possess any of these risk factors: fatigue, burnout, medical illness, mental illness, lack of financial and support services, family history of abusive behavior, and substance abuse.4 People who commit elder abuse also tend to be significantly dependent on the person they are abusing.2 In some cases, and especially when the abuser is financially needy, caregivers turn to elder abuse to obtain resources from the victim.2

From your standpoint as a practitioner, it is important to determine the root cause of elder abuse. According to one review,28 family members with mental illness or a history of substance abuse, or who are stressed by the burden of caregiving, abuse older adults at a higher rate than family members who are not affected in those ways. Depression in particular is a common characteristic of abusers,2 often secondary to the stress of caring for an older adult.

Abuse caused by stress can be addressed by referral to a support group and counseling for the caregiver; psychiatric conditions, such as depression, might be better treated with pharmacotherapy. Evaluate for depression and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in both the abuser and the abused,29 and for other mental health issues that might compound the situation. It is possible for you to have 2 patients: the older adult and his caregiver. Regardless of the challenge,keep in mind that the older adult’s safety is your priority.
Consequences for the abusedThe abused adult is at risk of a number of serious physical and psychological consequences.30 They tend to have a shorter lifespan, after adjusting for other variables associated with increased mortality.

The reason for shortened lifespan is multifactorial30:
   • Bruises, abrasions, and fractures may take longer to heal because of diminished skin and bone regeneration.
   • Diseases that affect the heart, lungs, and kidneys might prevent the person from bouncing back from major stressors caused by abuse, such as blood loss, severe injury, and pain.
   • Injury from abuse can exacerbate an underlying illness.
   • Elder abuse also is associated with increased emergency department use, hospitalization (including readmission within 30 days), and nursing home placement.31

Elder abuse can lead to depression, shame, and guilt; increased isolation; and
increased risk of alcohol abuse and substance use.31 A study found that victims of
elder abuse are significantly more depressed than non-victims.32

In the same study, being a victim of abuse was found to be the second-strongest
predictor of depression, after the state of one’s health.32 Other potential psychiatric
consequences of abuse that need further study include increased risk of developing
fear and anxiety disorders; learned helplessness; and PTSD.33 According to LoFaso,
“depression and anxiety can consume their days and leave them emotionally and
physically frail.”29 Such feelings make these older adults less likely to resolve abuse or break off relations with the abuser.32

Because mental illness can be a risk factor for, and a consequence of, elder abuse,
be aware of such complications and address them appropriately. Keep in mind that older adults are more likely to visit a primary care practitioner than a psychiatrist for a routine health check-up or evaluation of initial cognition-related problems; however, they are more likely to see a psychiatrist for advanced neuropsychiatric problems such as dementia, paranoia, delusions, hallucinations, and insomnia. Adequate education on elder abuse should not be limited to a single medical specialty because it can present in several clinical settings.
Identifying abuseIdentification of elder abuse in the home poses a greater challenge to clinicians than abuse in an institutional setting because it is not directly observable. Compounding this is the lack of unified standards for identifying and dealing with elder abuse. It is first necessary for you to determine the likelihood that abuse or neglect occurred, which can be difficult because the signs of elder abuse and manifestations of normal aging often are similar. You also must establish whether (1) the abused person will accept intervention and (2) the abused person who refuses intervention has the capacity to make that decision. Both of these conditions will guide your approach to management.2

 

 

Obtain the history from several sources; review the records; and carefully examine patterns of injury, in particular assessing functional status and level of dependency on the caregiver. Explanations that do not match injuries signal the need for further investigation and examination.

To help differentiate elder abuse from normal physiologic aging, look at the skin for bruises, rashes that do not heal, and ulcers—all of which could be signs of abuse or neglect. Keep in mind that bruising generally is more common in older adults because of the slower turnover rate of epidermal cells; physiologic bruising tends to occur on dorsal aspects of the hands and arms.4 In contrast, bruising secondary to neglect or physical abuse can manifest as a subgaleal hematoma (caused by traumatic hair pulling), tracking in the peritoneum after genital trauma, Battle’s sign, and raccoon eyes, among other findings.4

In addition, larger bruises (>5 cm in diameter) are more likely the result of elder abuse.34 To complicate matters, many older persons are taking anticoagulant therapy, making bruising more likely. In addition, be on the lookout for burns during the physical exam. Evidence suggests that at least 10% of burns caused by battery and assault occur in the context of elder abuse; most burn facilities do not have formal guidelines for screening for abuse and neglect, however.35 According to one retrospective study, the most common causes of burns in older adults are hot water scalds and radiator contact, and the mortality rate of older burn patients in general is higher than among the overall population.36

Falls and fractures are common among older adults, regardless of whether they are
abused, because of polypharmacy, underlying medical conditions, and functional
limitations. Many abusers, however, use these factors to cover up intentional injury
that might have resulted in the older person falling, including overmedication (a form of physical abuse) and withholding a necessary walking aid (a form of neglect). Maintain a high index of suspicion of elder abuse when (1) the caregiver’s and the older adult’s stories of an injury don’t add up and (2) physical findings that might have been caused by abuse are present.

A number of psychiatric and cognitive symptoms suggest other types of elder abuse. Take note of emotional upset, agitation, and unusual behaviors37—especially if you can follow the patient over time to observe marked changes in the presentation. Likewise, be aware of proposed alterations in guardianship, which should be evaluated by a forensic psychiatrist with analysis of medical history, social attachments, home environment, self-care, and finances.38 Such evaluation should provide clues to the motivation behind a change of guardianship and will help to determine if elder abuse should be suspected.

Brandi et al37 provided an informative table that identifies pertinent signs, symptoms, and other findings that clinicians should be aware of to support a suspicion of elder abuse (Table).

Documentation is of utmost importance in evaluating potential elder abuse; keep in mind that the medical record might be used in an investigation of abuse by social workers, law enforcement, and prosecutors. Your records should be legible, clearly indicate who the main caregiver is and what his (her) responsibilities are, and specify who is present at your encounter with the patient.4 Document your observations of patient behavior, reactions to questions, and family dynamics and conflicts16; make note of warning signs such as fear, silence, and inability to interview the patient alone.

In addition to written documentation, take photographs of injuries, with a ruler in the image to record their size. Serial photographs are helpful; so are photographs from a variety of distances (close-up, regional, wholebody) to capture detail and place the wound in the context of a specific area of the body.4

Safety is paramount. Given the findings of the history and physical exam, it is necessary to determine whether it is safe for the patient to return home with the caregiver, or if alternate accommodations or resources, such as a social worker or a support group, are required. Include details of planned follow-up in your evaluation, and offer consideration of possible psychiatric disorders that can develop as a result of such abuse.
ReportingElder abuse is a criminal offense in all states.39 A clinician who has reasonable suspicion that elder abuse occurred must report it, regardless of whether the proof of abuse is concrete.40 At a point of reasonable suspicion, immediately contact APS, law enforcement, and a social worker. Adult Protective Services, modeled after Child Protective Services, is typically administered by local and state health
departments.41

After a report is filed with APS, an assigned social worker makes an in-person home visit to investigate the allegation and determine whether elder abuse is substantiated, partially substantiated, or unsubstantiated.16 In most states, elder abuse reporting is not anonymous because follow-up may be needed to provide additional evidence, especially if the report was made by a health care provider.16

 

 

No federal standard exists for states to follow when defining and addressing elder abuse, which can complicate identification and reporting of abuse. Laws governing elder abuse do not allow states to determine the fate of the older adult, who can decide for himself (herself) whether to use or waive protective services.42 Older adults might choose not to report abuse because of shame, intimidation, or fear,43 or to protect a caregiver, who often is a family member.

Elder abuse reports can come from a variety of sources; convincing evidence is, as noted, unnecessary to report it. Health care providers are mandated reporters, but
it is believed that the number of clinicians who report elder abuse based on suspicion is far below what it should be. One study found that 94% of physicians said that they either were unable to prove that the abuse had occurred or decided not to report it.11 Another study found that only 1.4% of elder abuse cases reported to APS come from physicians.44

There are several possible reasons for underreporting elder abuse, including (1) the difficulty of distinguishing elder abuse and neglect from sequelae of normal aging and (2) the fact that cognitive and functional impairment of the abused person makes it difficult, even impossible, to establish the narrative of how the abuse happened. Nursing homes in particular provide a high level of oversight because residents have an average of ≥3 functional deficits.4 Other reasons for underreporting—some of which are difficult to understand, and excuse, in a clinician—are:
   • subtlety of signs
   • victim denial
   • ignorance of reporting procedures
   • inadequate training
   • lack of information about resources
   • concern about losing physician–patient rapport
   • concern about involvement in the legal system
   • time limitations
   • doubt about the effectiveness of APS.16
 

Assessing capacityThe older adult’s wishes must be respected unless a health care provider or the legal system determines that he lacks functional capacity to make decisions.16

How is capacity evaluated? A capacity evaluation has 3 components:
   • Comprehension is a person’s factual understanding of the situation, including
consequences and alternatives
   • Free choice is a person’s voluntary decision to accept or reject a proposed treatment, free of coercion (in this setting, free choice is the older adult’s decision whether to report the abuse)
   • Reliability is a person’s ability to provide a consistent choice over time.45

Most capacity evaluations are conducted by clinical interview. No single, brief test is used universally, and there is the possibility of inter-rater variability.45 Examples of tests used to assess capacity are the Folstein Mini-Mental Status Examination and the MacArthur Competence Assessment Tool-Treatment45; the latter is a structured interview that incorporates information specific to the individual patient’s decision-making situation.46 Regardless of the approach, the psychiatrist-evaluator ensures that the older adult has been given the appropriate information
to provide informed consent about the situation.47

If the evaluator determines that a person lacks capacity to make decisions, efforts should be made to determine if the cause of that impairment is reversible.47 Older adults who have dementia or other underlying psychiatric condition that impairs cognition might benefit from more education on their situation; ones who appear fearful of consequences should be introduced to a trusted advisor to assist in making competent judgments.47

If the older adult is found to lack capacity, a substitute decision-maker must be sought.47 Many states have statutes specifying the order in which family members are contacted.48 The need to appoint an advisor can become knotty because the suspected abuser often is a family member; clinicians and others involved in identifying a decision-maker to speak on behalf of an older adult should choose carefully.
Prevention and screeningKey to reducing the prevalence of elder abuse in the community is formulating
strategies for prevention and screening. The American Medical Association recommends that clinicians “incorporate routine questions related to elder abuse and neglect into daily practice.”49 Older adults might not admit to abuse or neglect unless they are asked; speak to patients at eye level, keep questions simple, direct, and nonjudgmental, and assure them (1) that discussions are confidential and (2) that their safety is your primary goal.50,51

Comprehensive approaches to questioning patients are available and often recommended for screening for elder abuse.4 However, screening in the office setting often involves short, directly administered questionnaires.49 For example, the Health and Safety Screen developed at the University of Maine comprises 6 questions52:
   • Has anyone close to you called you names or insulted you recently?
   • Are you afraid of anyone in your life?
   • Are you able to use the telephone anytime you want to?
   • Has anyone forced you to do things you didn’t want to do?
   • Has anyone taken things or money that belong to you without your OK?
   • Has anyone close to you tried to hurt you or harm you recently?

 

 

Because of time constraints and lack of a universal standard, there is debate whether regular elder abuse screening is time-effective. It often is recommended, therefore, that clinicians in primary care (1) refer older adults with risk factors for abuse to geriatric medical teams trained in these measures and (2) perform periodic follow-up on such patients4 (Figure).

Because of limitations to regular screenings, the best method of prevention might be to raise awareness of elder abuse among clinicians and in the community. For example:
   • New York City Elder Abuse Center encourages collaboration among health, mental health, and community justice organizations.28 The program involves a number of resources for addressing elder abuse, such as promoting staff awareness of risk factors for, and signs of, abuse, and screening for mental health problems in the abused.
   • The Elder Justice Act, enacted in 2010 to combat elder abuse, provides federal funds and resources to prevent, detect, treat, and intervene to stop abuse and, when appropriate, to prosecute abusers.53

This Web Exclusive Table provides a 7-point summary reference guide for understanding and preventing elder abuse in your practice.

BOTTOM LINEIdentification of elder abuse can be difficult because signs and symptoms of abuse closely resemble physiologic aging. Older adults with identifiable risk factors should be screened for abuse; time constraints make universal screening impossible at this time. In the future, multidisciplinary approaches likely will make elder abuse more easily identifiable through the combined work of health care providers, law enforcement agencies, banks, and other institutions—with the ultimate goal of protecting older adults in the community from abuse.

Related Resources
• Frazão SL, Correia AM, Norton P, et al. Physical abuse against elderly persons in institutional settings. J Forensic Leg Med. 2015;36:54-60.
• Sorrentino R. Performing capacity evaluations: what’s expected from your consult. Current Psychiatry. 2014;13(1):41-44.

 

Disclosures
Ms. Hubert reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Gupta is a member of the speakers’ bureau of Alkermes, Allergan, Avanir Pharmaceuticals, Takeda Pharmaceutical, Lundbeck, Otsuka Pharmaceutical, and Sunovion Pharmaceuticals.

In its simplest form, elder abuse refers to the intentional infliction of injury or neglect of an older adult by a caregiver. The 5 primary types of elder abuse include neglect, physical, financial, psychological/emotional, and sexual, with a subtype of social abuse that falls under psychological/emotional abuse.

Differentiating abuse from the normal sequelae of physiologic aging can be difficult; therefore, early identification and awareness of risk factors is key, as well as detailed documentation of the patient encounter. As soon as abuse is suspected, clinicians should report it to Adult Protective Services (APS) for further investigation. In terms of prevention, regular screening for elder abuse is still up for debate, but as the incidence of elder abuse continues to rise so should research and preventive efforts to combat this growing public health concern.
What is ‘elder abuse’?According to the Elder Abuse Prevention, Identification, and Treatment Act of 1985, elder abuse is:
…willful infliction of injury, unreasonable confinement, intimidation or cruel punishment with resulting physical harm or pain or mental anguish or the willful deprivation by a caretaker of goods or services which are necessary to avoid physical harm, mental anguish or mental illness.1


There are 2 main components to this definition:
   • an older adult has suffered injury or deprivation
   • another person is responsible for causing or failing to prevent it.2

Although definitions vary, it generally is accepted that, for elder abuse to occur, it must take place within a relationship of trust.3

An ‘older adult’ is a person age ≥65, representing 14% of the U.S. population.4
According to U.S. Census Bureau data, there were 40 million older adults in 20105;
recent data project that this number will rise to 90 million by 2060 as Baby Boomers age.6 Studies suggest that as many as 10% of older adults in the United States experience elder abuse each year2; one study estimated that 6% of older adults in the community experienced significant abuse in the past month.7

Although elder abuse can occur in any setting, it takes place most often in the community. A survey of state APSs in 2000 showed that 60.7% of abuse was domestic; only 8.3% of incidents occurred in institutional settings.8 The annual direct medical costs associated with elder abuse injury in the United States are estimated at $5.3 billion, which is likely to increase with anticipated growth of the geriatric population.9

Although the number of older adults and the incidence of elder abuse are on the rise, as few as 1 in 14 cases is reported to authorities10; health care providers are some of the least likely of involved parties to report suspected abuse. One study found that 63% of physicians never asked about elder abuse, and only 31% reported encountering it in the previous 12 months.11 A busy clinician—ie, one who sees 20 to 40 geriatric patients a day—has a high likelihood of encountering at least 1 victim of elder abuse,2 yet many cases go unrecognized.
Types of abuseElder abuse comprises 5 categories12:
   • neglect (58.5% of cases)
   • physical (15.7%)
   • financial (12.3%)
   • psychological and emotional (7.3%)
   • sexual (0.04%).

Social abuse is considered a subtype of psychological and emotional abuse. All “other” types of abuse constitute 5.1% cases; 0.06% are of unknown type.12

Neglect is (1) failure of the caregiver to provide life necessities or (2) the responsible person’s refusal to permit others to provide appropriate care.3 This is one of the most common types of elder abuse in residential facilities. Signs of neglect include dehydration, depression, fecal impaction, and malnutrition (Table).4 The prevalence of dehydration in nursing home patients is reported to be as high as 35%, which may be the result of passive or active withholding of liquids (ie, decreasing hydration to reduce the need to change the resident’s clothing or bedding).4 Other forms of neglect include medication misuse (overdosing or underdosing) and self-neglect, which occurs among people living alone and often is listed as a subtype of neglect, but is controversial because it does not involve another person.
 

Physical abuse is a non-accidental act that results in physical pain or injury,3 including bruises, fractures, and burns. Physical abuse is among the most common types of abuse in nursing homes; it has been suggested that approximately 4.8% of residents experience physical abuse that results in a police investigations.13 New research describes resident-on-resident abuse as one of the most prevalent causes of physical abuse.14 Dementia and cognitive decline complicate resident-on-resident abuse, particularly from the standpoint of treating aggression.

Financial exploitation is the illegal or improper use, or mismanagement, of a person’s money, property, or financial resources3—often, to his (her) detriment. Estimates are that 1 of every 20 older adults has been subject to financial abuse at some point in their life.15 There should be a high index of suspicion for financial exploitation when one notices unexplained changes in power of attorney, wills, or other legal documents; missing checks, money, or belongings.16 In the past, adult children were most likely to be financial abusers; in recent years, however, the abuser is more often a spouse—especially a second spouse.17 Bankers, accountants, and other financial advisors are among those trained to identify risk factors for financial abuse; they are encouraged to caution clients about this possibility.18

 

 

Psychological and emotional abuse occurs when a caregiver inflicts mental stress on an older adult by actions and threats that cause fear, violence, isolation, deprivation, or feelings of shame and powerlessness.3 Examples are threatening to put the older adult in a nursing home or verbally abusing him (her). Suspect this type of abuse when a caregiver refuses to leave the older adult or speaks for him, or if the older adult expresses fear in the presence of the caregiver.4 This type of abuse also is prevalent in nursing homes and other long-term care facilities.19

Sexual abuse involves nonconsensual touching or sexual activities (rape, language, exploitive behavior) that are threatened or forced on an older adult.16 Sexual abuse is more common in frail or dependent persons.3 Physical exam findings—particularly dysuria, tender genitalia, and evidence of sexually transmitted infections4—are required to identify sexual abuse, along with signs of depression and display of fear.

Social abuse can be considered a subtype of psychological and emotional abuse, in which a caregiver denies an older adult contact with family and friends or deprives him from access to transportation. Other examples include not allowing the older adult to use the telephone, monitoring phone calls, and claiming that his friends or family are “interfering.”20 Intentionally embarrassing an older adult in front of others also can be considered social abuse.

Technology, particularly smart phones and social media, can complicate and exacerbate elder abuse:
   • In July 2013, employees of a Wisconsin nursing home were found with videos and photographs of residents bathing and of a nude resident who had a bowel obstruction being mocked.21
   • In May 2014, employees of a nursing home in Massachusetts recorded themselves physically and verbally abusing several older adults with Alzheimer’s disease, including one episode of the employees “hitting the woman on her arms, flicking her ears and then pinching the woman’s nose closed.” The employees also possessed a photograph of her naked.22
   • In June 2015, an employee of a nursing home in Indiana was accused of taking
photos of a resident naked and sharing them on the messaging application Snapchat,23 in which images disappear 10 seconds after they are viewed.

As technology evolves, caregivers are finding more cunning ways to abuse older adults. Considering current events and trends in this area, technology as a gateway to elder abuse should be of growing concern.
Risk factorsA 2013 literature review on elder abuse reported that the most important risk factors are related to relationship (family disharmony, poor or conflicting relationships) and environment (a low level of social support),3 although other variables can play a role. Regardless of these findings, it is important to recognize that (1) elder abuse is not a necessary consequence in a family with many risk factors and (2) elder abuse can occur in the absence of any risk factors.

As a whole, women are at a higher risk of abuse, particularly when combined with loneliness, poor social support, cohabitation (especially family members), substance abuse, cognitive impairment, and dementia and other mental health problems.4 Other risk factors include functional deficiency, poor physical health or frailty, low income or wealth, and trauma or past abuse.3

Lower income, poor health, low social support, and belonging to a non-white racial group put an older adult at risk for neglect; female sex is a specific risk factor for sexual assault.15 One study found that, among older adults who suffered physical, mental, or cognitive impairment, 1 of every 4 was at risk of abuse.7

Mental illness. Dementia puts an older adult at higher risk because of increased
caregiver stress resulting from disruptive and aggressive behaviors2; the same is true when the older adult suffers another mental illness, such as anxiety, depression, schizophrenia or bipolar disorder. Presumably, older adults with any of these disorders are at risk of financial and psychological and emotional abuse because of their decreased social support, lack of independence, and inability to hold a job—leaving their caregiver to shoulder more responsibilities and with more opportunities to inflict abuse. In addition, an older adult suffering from depression can feel helpless and unworthy, possibly making him more susceptible to psychological and emotional abuse, and less likely to seek help.

More research is needed to establish racial and ethnic differences in the risk of abuse. Some research states that older adults who are a member of a minority are at greater risk of abuse; however, the difference dissipates after adjusting for variables such as income and social support.24 Cultural confounders, such as varying interpretations of the same set of interactions between older adults, need to be examined further.

 

 

Sexual orientation. Identifying one’s self as a lesbian, gay, bisexual, or transgender (LGBT) person is an additional risk factor for elder abuse. In 1997, a report described a nursing home employee who refused to bathe a resident because he didn’t want to “touch the lesbian.”25 Despite evolving attitudes in society toward support and acceptance of sexual orientation, fear of homophobia still prevents some LGBT older adults from seeking help when they have been abused because of their orientation—especially ones who have internalized that
homophobia and feel that they are unworthy of seeking help.25

In addition, health care providers and nursing home staff members might neglect the particular care needs of LGBT older adults, intentionally or unintentionally. APS staff and providers must be cognizant of underlying biases and exhibit respect when assisting LGBT clients.

Approximately 75% of caregivers of older adults are family members; 70% are female26; and most are adult children, spouses, and partners of those receiving care.27 Male caregivers age ≥40 are more likely to be the abuser, however, especially when they possess any of these risk factors: fatigue, burnout, medical illness, mental illness, lack of financial and support services, family history of abusive behavior, and substance abuse.4 People who commit elder abuse also tend to be significantly dependent on the person they are abusing.2 In some cases, and especially when the abuser is financially needy, caregivers turn to elder abuse to obtain resources from the victim.2

From your standpoint as a practitioner, it is important to determine the root cause of elder abuse. According to one review,28 family members with mental illness or a history of substance abuse, or who are stressed by the burden of caregiving, abuse older adults at a higher rate than family members who are not affected in those ways. Depression in particular is a common characteristic of abusers,2 often secondary to the stress of caring for an older adult.

Abuse caused by stress can be addressed by referral to a support group and counseling for the caregiver; psychiatric conditions, such as depression, might be better treated with pharmacotherapy. Evaluate for depression and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in both the abuser and the abused,29 and for other mental health issues that might compound the situation. It is possible for you to have 2 patients: the older adult and his caregiver. Regardless of the challenge,keep in mind that the older adult’s safety is your priority.
Consequences for the abusedThe abused adult is at risk of a number of serious physical and psychological consequences.30 They tend to have a shorter lifespan, after adjusting for other variables associated with increased mortality.

The reason for shortened lifespan is multifactorial30:
   • Bruises, abrasions, and fractures may take longer to heal because of diminished skin and bone regeneration.
   • Diseases that affect the heart, lungs, and kidneys might prevent the person from bouncing back from major stressors caused by abuse, such as blood loss, severe injury, and pain.
   • Injury from abuse can exacerbate an underlying illness.
   • Elder abuse also is associated with increased emergency department use, hospitalization (including readmission within 30 days), and nursing home placement.31

Elder abuse can lead to depression, shame, and guilt; increased isolation; and
increased risk of alcohol abuse and substance use.31 A study found that victims of
elder abuse are significantly more depressed than non-victims.32

In the same study, being a victim of abuse was found to be the second-strongest
predictor of depression, after the state of one’s health.32 Other potential psychiatric
consequences of abuse that need further study include increased risk of developing
fear and anxiety disorders; learned helplessness; and PTSD.33 According to LoFaso,
“depression and anxiety can consume their days and leave them emotionally and
physically frail.”29 Such feelings make these older adults less likely to resolve abuse or break off relations with the abuser.32

Because mental illness can be a risk factor for, and a consequence of, elder abuse,
be aware of such complications and address them appropriately. Keep in mind that older adults are more likely to visit a primary care practitioner than a psychiatrist for a routine health check-up or evaluation of initial cognition-related problems; however, they are more likely to see a psychiatrist for advanced neuropsychiatric problems such as dementia, paranoia, delusions, hallucinations, and insomnia. Adequate education on elder abuse should not be limited to a single medical specialty because it can present in several clinical settings.
Identifying abuseIdentification of elder abuse in the home poses a greater challenge to clinicians than abuse in an institutional setting because it is not directly observable. Compounding this is the lack of unified standards for identifying and dealing with elder abuse. It is first necessary for you to determine the likelihood that abuse or neglect occurred, which can be difficult because the signs of elder abuse and manifestations of normal aging often are similar. You also must establish whether (1) the abused person will accept intervention and (2) the abused person who refuses intervention has the capacity to make that decision. Both of these conditions will guide your approach to management.2

 

 

Obtain the history from several sources; review the records; and carefully examine patterns of injury, in particular assessing functional status and level of dependency on the caregiver. Explanations that do not match injuries signal the need for further investigation and examination.

To help differentiate elder abuse from normal physiologic aging, look at the skin for bruises, rashes that do not heal, and ulcers—all of which could be signs of abuse or neglect. Keep in mind that bruising generally is more common in older adults because of the slower turnover rate of epidermal cells; physiologic bruising tends to occur on dorsal aspects of the hands and arms.4 In contrast, bruising secondary to neglect or physical abuse can manifest as a subgaleal hematoma (caused by traumatic hair pulling), tracking in the peritoneum after genital trauma, Battle’s sign, and raccoon eyes, among other findings.4

In addition, larger bruises (>5 cm in diameter) are more likely the result of elder abuse.34 To complicate matters, many older persons are taking anticoagulant therapy, making bruising more likely. In addition, be on the lookout for burns during the physical exam. Evidence suggests that at least 10% of burns caused by battery and assault occur in the context of elder abuse; most burn facilities do not have formal guidelines for screening for abuse and neglect, however.35 According to one retrospective study, the most common causes of burns in older adults are hot water scalds and radiator contact, and the mortality rate of older burn patients in general is higher than among the overall population.36

Falls and fractures are common among older adults, regardless of whether they are
abused, because of polypharmacy, underlying medical conditions, and functional
limitations. Many abusers, however, use these factors to cover up intentional injury
that might have resulted in the older person falling, including overmedication (a form of physical abuse) and withholding a necessary walking aid (a form of neglect). Maintain a high index of suspicion of elder abuse when (1) the caregiver’s and the older adult’s stories of an injury don’t add up and (2) physical findings that might have been caused by abuse are present.

A number of psychiatric and cognitive symptoms suggest other types of elder abuse. Take note of emotional upset, agitation, and unusual behaviors37—especially if you can follow the patient over time to observe marked changes in the presentation. Likewise, be aware of proposed alterations in guardianship, which should be evaluated by a forensic psychiatrist with analysis of medical history, social attachments, home environment, self-care, and finances.38 Such evaluation should provide clues to the motivation behind a change of guardianship and will help to determine if elder abuse should be suspected.

Brandi et al37 provided an informative table that identifies pertinent signs, symptoms, and other findings that clinicians should be aware of to support a suspicion of elder abuse (Table).

Documentation is of utmost importance in evaluating potential elder abuse; keep in mind that the medical record might be used in an investigation of abuse by social workers, law enforcement, and prosecutors. Your records should be legible, clearly indicate who the main caregiver is and what his (her) responsibilities are, and specify who is present at your encounter with the patient.4 Document your observations of patient behavior, reactions to questions, and family dynamics and conflicts16; make note of warning signs such as fear, silence, and inability to interview the patient alone.

In addition to written documentation, take photographs of injuries, with a ruler in the image to record their size. Serial photographs are helpful; so are photographs from a variety of distances (close-up, regional, wholebody) to capture detail and place the wound in the context of a specific area of the body.4

Safety is paramount. Given the findings of the history and physical exam, it is necessary to determine whether it is safe for the patient to return home with the caregiver, or if alternate accommodations or resources, such as a social worker or a support group, are required. Include details of planned follow-up in your evaluation, and offer consideration of possible psychiatric disorders that can develop as a result of such abuse.
ReportingElder abuse is a criminal offense in all states.39 A clinician who has reasonable suspicion that elder abuse occurred must report it, regardless of whether the proof of abuse is concrete.40 At a point of reasonable suspicion, immediately contact APS, law enforcement, and a social worker. Adult Protective Services, modeled after Child Protective Services, is typically administered by local and state health
departments.41

After a report is filed with APS, an assigned social worker makes an in-person home visit to investigate the allegation and determine whether elder abuse is substantiated, partially substantiated, or unsubstantiated.16 In most states, elder abuse reporting is not anonymous because follow-up may be needed to provide additional evidence, especially if the report was made by a health care provider.16

 

 

No federal standard exists for states to follow when defining and addressing elder abuse, which can complicate identification and reporting of abuse. Laws governing elder abuse do not allow states to determine the fate of the older adult, who can decide for himself (herself) whether to use or waive protective services.42 Older adults might choose not to report abuse because of shame, intimidation, or fear,43 or to protect a caregiver, who often is a family member.

Elder abuse reports can come from a variety of sources; convincing evidence is, as noted, unnecessary to report it. Health care providers are mandated reporters, but
it is believed that the number of clinicians who report elder abuse based on suspicion is far below what it should be. One study found that 94% of physicians said that they either were unable to prove that the abuse had occurred or decided not to report it.11 Another study found that only 1.4% of elder abuse cases reported to APS come from physicians.44

There are several possible reasons for underreporting elder abuse, including (1) the difficulty of distinguishing elder abuse and neglect from sequelae of normal aging and (2) the fact that cognitive and functional impairment of the abused person makes it difficult, even impossible, to establish the narrative of how the abuse happened. Nursing homes in particular provide a high level of oversight because residents have an average of ≥3 functional deficits.4 Other reasons for underreporting—some of which are difficult to understand, and excuse, in a clinician—are:
   • subtlety of signs
   • victim denial
   • ignorance of reporting procedures
   • inadequate training
   • lack of information about resources
   • concern about losing physician–patient rapport
   • concern about involvement in the legal system
   • time limitations
   • doubt about the effectiveness of APS.16
 

Assessing capacityThe older adult’s wishes must be respected unless a health care provider or the legal system determines that he lacks functional capacity to make decisions.16

How is capacity evaluated? A capacity evaluation has 3 components:
   • Comprehension is a person’s factual understanding of the situation, including
consequences and alternatives
   • Free choice is a person’s voluntary decision to accept or reject a proposed treatment, free of coercion (in this setting, free choice is the older adult’s decision whether to report the abuse)
   • Reliability is a person’s ability to provide a consistent choice over time.45

Most capacity evaluations are conducted by clinical interview. No single, brief test is used universally, and there is the possibility of inter-rater variability.45 Examples of tests used to assess capacity are the Folstein Mini-Mental Status Examination and the MacArthur Competence Assessment Tool-Treatment45; the latter is a structured interview that incorporates information specific to the individual patient’s decision-making situation.46 Regardless of the approach, the psychiatrist-evaluator ensures that the older adult has been given the appropriate information
to provide informed consent about the situation.47

If the evaluator determines that a person lacks capacity to make decisions, efforts should be made to determine if the cause of that impairment is reversible.47 Older adults who have dementia or other underlying psychiatric condition that impairs cognition might benefit from more education on their situation; ones who appear fearful of consequences should be introduced to a trusted advisor to assist in making competent judgments.47

If the older adult is found to lack capacity, a substitute decision-maker must be sought.47 Many states have statutes specifying the order in which family members are contacted.48 The need to appoint an advisor can become knotty because the suspected abuser often is a family member; clinicians and others involved in identifying a decision-maker to speak on behalf of an older adult should choose carefully.
Prevention and screeningKey to reducing the prevalence of elder abuse in the community is formulating
strategies for prevention and screening. The American Medical Association recommends that clinicians “incorporate routine questions related to elder abuse and neglect into daily practice.”49 Older adults might not admit to abuse or neglect unless they are asked; speak to patients at eye level, keep questions simple, direct, and nonjudgmental, and assure them (1) that discussions are confidential and (2) that their safety is your primary goal.50,51

Comprehensive approaches to questioning patients are available and often recommended for screening for elder abuse.4 However, screening in the office setting often involves short, directly administered questionnaires.49 For example, the Health and Safety Screen developed at the University of Maine comprises 6 questions52:
   • Has anyone close to you called you names or insulted you recently?
   • Are you afraid of anyone in your life?
   • Are you able to use the telephone anytime you want to?
   • Has anyone forced you to do things you didn’t want to do?
   • Has anyone taken things or money that belong to you without your OK?
   • Has anyone close to you tried to hurt you or harm you recently?

 

 

Because of time constraints and lack of a universal standard, there is debate whether regular elder abuse screening is time-effective. It often is recommended, therefore, that clinicians in primary care (1) refer older adults with risk factors for abuse to geriatric medical teams trained in these measures and (2) perform periodic follow-up on such patients4 (Figure).

Because of limitations to regular screenings, the best method of prevention might be to raise awareness of elder abuse among clinicians and in the community. For example:
   • New York City Elder Abuse Center encourages collaboration among health, mental health, and community justice organizations.28 The program involves a number of resources for addressing elder abuse, such as promoting staff awareness of risk factors for, and signs of, abuse, and screening for mental health problems in the abused.
   • The Elder Justice Act, enacted in 2010 to combat elder abuse, provides federal funds and resources to prevent, detect, treat, and intervene to stop abuse and, when appropriate, to prosecute abusers.53

This Web Exclusive Table provides a 7-point summary reference guide for understanding and preventing elder abuse in your practice.

BOTTOM LINEIdentification of elder abuse can be difficult because signs and symptoms of abuse closely resemble physiologic aging. Older adults with identifiable risk factors should be screened for abuse; time constraints make universal screening impossible at this time. In the future, multidisciplinary approaches likely will make elder abuse more easily identifiable through the combined work of health care providers, law enforcement agencies, banks, and other institutions—with the ultimate goal of protecting older adults in the community from abuse.

Related Resources
• Frazão SL, Correia AM, Norton P, et al. Physical abuse against elderly persons in institutional settings. J Forensic Leg Med. 2015;36:54-60.
• Sorrentino R. Performing capacity evaluations: what’s expected from your consult. Current Psychiatry. 2014;13(1):41-44.

 

Disclosures
Ms. Hubert reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Gupta is a member of the speakers’ bureau of Alkermes, Allergan, Avanir Pharmaceuticals, Takeda Pharmaceutical, Lundbeck, Otsuka Pharmaceutical, and Sunovion Pharmaceuticals.

References


1. The Elder Abuse Prevention, Identification, and Treatment Act of 1985, HR 1674, 99th Cong (1985).
2. Lachs MS, Pillemer K. Elder abuse. Lancet. 2004;364(9441):1263-1272.
3. Johannesen M, LoGiudice D. Elder abuse: a systematic review of risk factors in community-dwelling elders. Age Ageing. 2013;42(3):292-298.
4. Gibbs LM, Mosqueda L, eds. Medical implications of elder abuse and neglect. Clin Geriatr Med. 2014;30(4):xv-xvi. doi: 10.1016/j.cger.2014.08.015.
5. Werner CA. The Older Population: 2010. U.S. Census Bureau. http://webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:hCCb_pcnO6QJ :ht tps://www.census.gov/prod/cen2010/briefs/c2010br-09.pdf+&cd=1&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=uss. Issued November 2011. Accessed October 10, 2015.
6. Himes CL. Elderly Americans. Population Bulletin. 2002;56(4):1-41.
7. Cooper C, Selwood A, Livingston G. The prevalence of elder abuse and neglect: a systematic review. Age Ageing. 2008;37(2):151-60.
8. Teaster PB. A response to the abuse of vulnerable adults: the 2000 Survey of State Adult Protective Services. The National Center on Elder Abuse. http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/Resources/Publication/docs/apsreport030703.pdf. 2003.
Accessed October 22, 2015.
9. Mouton CP, Rodabough RJ, Rovi SL, et al. Prevalence and 3-year incidence of abuse among postmenopausal women. Am J Public Health. 2004;94(4):605-612.
10. Acierno R, Hernandez MA, Amstadter AB, et al. Prevalence and correlates of emotional, physical, sexual, and financial abuse and potential neglect in the United States: the National Elder Mistreatment Study. Am J Public Health. 2010;100(2):292-297.
11. Kennedy RD. Elder abuse and neglect: the experience, knowledge, and attitudes of primary care physicians. Fam Med. 2005;37(7):481-485.
12. Statistic Brain Research Institute. Elderly abuse statistics. http://www.statisticbrain.com/elderly-abuse-statistics. Accessed June 22, 2015.
13. Lachs MS, Bachman R, Williams CS, et al. Resident-to-resident elder mistreatment and police contact in nursing homes: findings from a population-based cohort. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2007;55(6):840-845.
14. Lachs M, Bachman R, Williams C, et al. Older adults as crime victims, perpetrators, witnesses, and complainants: a population-based study of police interactions. J Elder Abuse Negl. 2005;16(4):25-40.
15. Acierno R, Hernandez-Tejada M, Muzzy W, et al. National Elder Mistreatment Study. Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice; 2009.
16. Dong XQ. Elder abuse: systematic review and implications for practice. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2015;63(6):1214-1238.
17. Freedman M. The growing epidemic of financial elder abuse. The Tax Advisor. http://www.cpa2biz.com/Content/media/PRODUCER_CONTENT/Newsletters/
Articles_2007/Tax/Financial_Elder_Abuse.jsp. Published November 2007. Accessed June 24, 2015.
18. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Protection for older Americans. http://www.consumerfinance.gov/olderamericans. Accessed June 22, 2015.
19. Castle NG. Nursing home deficiency citations for abuse. J Appl Gerontol. 2011;30(6):719-743.
20. Elder Abuse Prevention Unit. Social abuse. http://www.eapu.com.au/elder-abuse/social-abuse. Published 2014. Accessed June 24, 2015.
21. Former nursing home employees allegedly photographed naked resident. United Press International. http://www.upi.com/Top_News/US/2013/07/03/Former-nursinghome-employees-allegedly-photographed-nakedresidents/
65801372893020. Published July 3, 2013. Accessed June 24, 2015.
22. Miller N. Two charged with elder assault at an assisted living facility. MetroWest Daily News. http://www.metrowestdailynews.com/article/20140506/
NEWS/140507587. Updated May 7, 2014. Accessed June 24, 2015.
23. Jorgensen J. New charges filed in nursing home case.WHAS11. http://www.whas11.com/story/news/local/2015/06/24/new-charges-filed-in-nursing-homecase/29243183/. Published June 24, 2015. Accessed June 27, 2015.
24. Hermandez-Tejada MA, Amstadter A, Muzzy W, et al. The National Elder Mistreatment Study: race and ethnicity findings. J Elder Abuse Negl. 2013;25(4):281-293.
25. Cooks-Daniels L. Lesbian, gay male, bisexual and transgendered elders: elder abuse and neglect issues. J Elder Abuse Negl. 1998;9(2):35-49.
26. Zarit SH, Reever KE, Bach-Peterson J. Relatives of the impaired elderly: correlates of feelings of burden. Gerontologist. 1980;20(6):649-655.
27. Tatara T, Blumerman Kuzmeskus L, Duckhorn E, et al. The National Center on Elder Abuse Incidence Study: final report. http://aoa.gov/AoA_Programs/Elder_Rights/Elder_Abuse/docs/ABuseReport_Full.pdf. Published September 1998. Accessed October 19, 2015.
28. Rosen AL. Where mental health and elder abuse intersect. Generations. 2014;38(3):75-79.
29. LoFaso V. The role of the primary physician in assessing and treating the mental health concerns of elder abuse victims. NYC Elder Abuse Center eNewsletter.nyceac.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Exploring-the-IntersectionofElder-Abuse-and-Mental-Health_eNewsletter.pdf. Published March 12, 2013. Accessed August 20, 2015.
30. Lachs MS, Williams CS, O’Brien S, et al. The mortality of elder mistreatment. JAMA. 1998;280(5):428-432.
31. Dyer CB, Pavlik VN, Murphy KP, et al. The high prevalence of depression and dementia in elder abuse or neglect. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2000;48(2):205-208.
32. Pillemer K, Prescott D. Psychological effects of elder abuse: a research note. J Elder Abuse Negl. 1988;1(1):65-73.
33. Elder abuse: consequences. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/elderabuse/consequences.html. Updated June 22, 2015.Accessed August 20, 2015.
34. Wiglesworth A, Austin R, Corona M, et al. Bruising as a marker of physical elder abuse. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2009;57(7):1191-1196.
35. Peck MD. Epidemiology of burns throughout the World. Part II: intentional burns in adults. Burns. 2012;38(5):630-637.
36. 2014 National Burn Repository; report of data between 2004-2013. American Burn Association. http://www.ameriburn.org/2014NBRAnnualReport.pdf. Published 2014. Accessed June 26, 2015.
37. Brandi B, Dyer CB, Heisler CJ, et al. Systemic responses to elder abuse. In: Brandi B, Dyer CB, Heisler CJ, eds. Elder abuse detection and intervention: a collaborative approach. New York, NY: Spring Publishing Company; 2007:79-100.
38. Welner M. Guardianship. The Forensic Panel. http://www.forensicpanel.com/expert_services/psychiatry/civil_law/guardianship.html. Accessed August 20, 2015.
39. Watson E. Elder abuse: definition, types and statistics, and elder abuse (mistreatment and neglect) laws. Journal of Legal Nurse Consulting. 2013;24(2):40-42.
40. National Center on Elder Abuse Administration on Aging. Reporting abuse. http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/Stop_Abuse/Get_Help/Report/index.aspx. Accessed August 18, 2015.
41. Mukherjee D. Organizational structures of elder abuse reporting systems. Administration in Social Work. 2011;35(5):517-531.
42. Costin LB, Karger HJ, Stoesz H. The politics of child abuse in America. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 1996.
43. Thomson MJ, Lietzau LK, Doty MM, et al. An analysis of elder abuse rates in Milwaukee County. WMJ. 2011;110(6):271-276.
44. Teaster PB, Dugar TA, Mendiondo MS, et al; The National Committee for the Prevention of Elder Abuse; The National Adult Protective Services Association. The 2004 Survey of State Adult Protective Services: Abuse of Adults 60 Years and Older. http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/Resources/Publication/docs/APS_2004NCEASurvey.pdf. Published March 2007. Accessed October 19, 2015.
45. Sorrentino R. Performing capacity evaluations: what’s expected from your consult. Current Psychiatry. 2014;13(1):41-44.
46. Grisso T, Appelbaum PS. MacArthur competence assessment tool for treatment (MacCAT-T). Sarasota, FL: Professional Resources Press; 1998.
47. Appelbaum PS. Clinical practice. Assessment of patients’ competence to consent to treatment. N Engl J Med. 2007;35(18):1834-1840.
48. Wynn S. Decision by surrogates: An overview of surrogate consent laws in the United States. Bifocal: A Journal of the ABA Commission on Bar and Aging. 2014;36(1). http://www.americanbar.org/publications/bifocal/vol_36/
issue_1_october2014/default_surrogate_consent_statutes.html. Accessed October 22, 2015.
49. American Medical Association. Diagnostic and treatment guidelines on elder abuse and neglect. Chicago, IL: American Medical Association; 1992.
50. Harrell R, Toronjo C, McLaughlin J, et al. How geriatricians identify elder abuse and neglect. Am J Med Sci. 2002;323(1):34-38.
51. Ahmad M, Lachs MS. Elder abuse and neglect: what physicians can and should do. Cleve Clin J Med. 2002; 69(10):801-808.
52. Elder abuse screening protocol for physicians: lessons learned from the Maine Partners for Elder Protection Pilot Project. University of Maine Center on Aging. http://umcoa.siteturbine.com/uploaded_files/mainecenteronaging.umaine.edu/files/elderabusescreeningmanual.pdf. Published May 2, 2007. Accessed August 20, 2015.
53. What is the Elder Justice Act? USC Davis School of Gerontology. http://gerontology.usc.edu/resources/articles/what-is-the-elder-justice-act/. Published 2015. Accessed October 20, 2015.

References


1. The Elder Abuse Prevention, Identification, and Treatment Act of 1985, HR 1674, 99th Cong (1985).
2. Lachs MS, Pillemer K. Elder abuse. Lancet. 2004;364(9441):1263-1272.
3. Johannesen M, LoGiudice D. Elder abuse: a systematic review of risk factors in community-dwelling elders. Age Ageing. 2013;42(3):292-298.
4. Gibbs LM, Mosqueda L, eds. Medical implications of elder abuse and neglect. Clin Geriatr Med. 2014;30(4):xv-xvi. doi: 10.1016/j.cger.2014.08.015.
5. Werner CA. The Older Population: 2010. U.S. Census Bureau. http://webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:hCCb_pcnO6QJ :ht tps://www.census.gov/prod/cen2010/briefs/c2010br-09.pdf+&cd=1&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=uss. Issued November 2011. Accessed October 10, 2015.
6. Himes CL. Elderly Americans. Population Bulletin. 2002;56(4):1-41.
7. Cooper C, Selwood A, Livingston G. The prevalence of elder abuse and neglect: a systematic review. Age Ageing. 2008;37(2):151-60.
8. Teaster PB. A response to the abuse of vulnerable adults: the 2000 Survey of State Adult Protective Services. The National Center on Elder Abuse. http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/Resources/Publication/docs/apsreport030703.pdf. 2003.
Accessed October 22, 2015.
9. Mouton CP, Rodabough RJ, Rovi SL, et al. Prevalence and 3-year incidence of abuse among postmenopausal women. Am J Public Health. 2004;94(4):605-612.
10. Acierno R, Hernandez MA, Amstadter AB, et al. Prevalence and correlates of emotional, physical, sexual, and financial abuse and potential neglect in the United States: the National Elder Mistreatment Study. Am J Public Health. 2010;100(2):292-297.
11. Kennedy RD. Elder abuse and neglect: the experience, knowledge, and attitudes of primary care physicians. Fam Med. 2005;37(7):481-485.
12. Statistic Brain Research Institute. Elderly abuse statistics. http://www.statisticbrain.com/elderly-abuse-statistics. Accessed June 22, 2015.
13. Lachs MS, Bachman R, Williams CS, et al. Resident-to-resident elder mistreatment and police contact in nursing homes: findings from a population-based cohort. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2007;55(6):840-845.
14. Lachs M, Bachman R, Williams C, et al. Older adults as crime victims, perpetrators, witnesses, and complainants: a population-based study of police interactions. J Elder Abuse Negl. 2005;16(4):25-40.
15. Acierno R, Hernandez-Tejada M, Muzzy W, et al. National Elder Mistreatment Study. Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice; 2009.
16. Dong XQ. Elder abuse: systematic review and implications for practice. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2015;63(6):1214-1238.
17. Freedman M. The growing epidemic of financial elder abuse. The Tax Advisor. http://www.cpa2biz.com/Content/media/PRODUCER_CONTENT/Newsletters/
Articles_2007/Tax/Financial_Elder_Abuse.jsp. Published November 2007. Accessed June 24, 2015.
18. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Protection for older Americans. http://www.consumerfinance.gov/olderamericans. Accessed June 22, 2015.
19. Castle NG. Nursing home deficiency citations for abuse. J Appl Gerontol. 2011;30(6):719-743.
20. Elder Abuse Prevention Unit. Social abuse. http://www.eapu.com.au/elder-abuse/social-abuse. Published 2014. Accessed June 24, 2015.
21. Former nursing home employees allegedly photographed naked resident. United Press International. http://www.upi.com/Top_News/US/2013/07/03/Former-nursinghome-employees-allegedly-photographed-nakedresidents/
65801372893020. Published July 3, 2013. Accessed June 24, 2015.
22. Miller N. Two charged with elder assault at an assisted living facility. MetroWest Daily News. http://www.metrowestdailynews.com/article/20140506/
NEWS/140507587. Updated May 7, 2014. Accessed June 24, 2015.
23. Jorgensen J. New charges filed in nursing home case.WHAS11. http://www.whas11.com/story/news/local/2015/06/24/new-charges-filed-in-nursing-homecase/29243183/. Published June 24, 2015. Accessed June 27, 2015.
24. Hermandez-Tejada MA, Amstadter A, Muzzy W, et al. The National Elder Mistreatment Study: race and ethnicity findings. J Elder Abuse Negl. 2013;25(4):281-293.
25. Cooks-Daniels L. Lesbian, gay male, bisexual and transgendered elders: elder abuse and neglect issues. J Elder Abuse Negl. 1998;9(2):35-49.
26. Zarit SH, Reever KE, Bach-Peterson J. Relatives of the impaired elderly: correlates of feelings of burden. Gerontologist. 1980;20(6):649-655.
27. Tatara T, Blumerman Kuzmeskus L, Duckhorn E, et al. The National Center on Elder Abuse Incidence Study: final report. http://aoa.gov/AoA_Programs/Elder_Rights/Elder_Abuse/docs/ABuseReport_Full.pdf. Published September 1998. Accessed October 19, 2015.
28. Rosen AL. Where mental health and elder abuse intersect. Generations. 2014;38(3):75-79.
29. LoFaso V. The role of the primary physician in assessing and treating the mental health concerns of elder abuse victims. NYC Elder Abuse Center eNewsletter.nyceac.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Exploring-the-IntersectionofElder-Abuse-and-Mental-Health_eNewsletter.pdf. Published March 12, 2013. Accessed August 20, 2015.
30. Lachs MS, Williams CS, O’Brien S, et al. The mortality of elder mistreatment. JAMA. 1998;280(5):428-432.
31. Dyer CB, Pavlik VN, Murphy KP, et al. The high prevalence of depression and dementia in elder abuse or neglect. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2000;48(2):205-208.
32. Pillemer K, Prescott D. Psychological effects of elder abuse: a research note. J Elder Abuse Negl. 1988;1(1):65-73.
33. Elder abuse: consequences. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/elderabuse/consequences.html. Updated June 22, 2015.Accessed August 20, 2015.
34. Wiglesworth A, Austin R, Corona M, et al. Bruising as a marker of physical elder abuse. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2009;57(7):1191-1196.
35. Peck MD. Epidemiology of burns throughout the World. Part II: intentional burns in adults. Burns. 2012;38(5):630-637.
36. 2014 National Burn Repository; report of data between 2004-2013. American Burn Association. http://www.ameriburn.org/2014NBRAnnualReport.pdf. Published 2014. Accessed June 26, 2015.
37. Brandi B, Dyer CB, Heisler CJ, et al. Systemic responses to elder abuse. In: Brandi B, Dyer CB, Heisler CJ, eds. Elder abuse detection and intervention: a collaborative approach. New York, NY: Spring Publishing Company; 2007:79-100.
38. Welner M. Guardianship. The Forensic Panel. http://www.forensicpanel.com/expert_services/psychiatry/civil_law/guardianship.html. Accessed August 20, 2015.
39. Watson E. Elder abuse: definition, types and statistics, and elder abuse (mistreatment and neglect) laws. Journal of Legal Nurse Consulting. 2013;24(2):40-42.
40. National Center on Elder Abuse Administration on Aging. Reporting abuse. http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/Stop_Abuse/Get_Help/Report/index.aspx. Accessed August 18, 2015.
41. Mukherjee D. Organizational structures of elder abuse reporting systems. Administration in Social Work. 2011;35(5):517-531.
42. Costin LB, Karger HJ, Stoesz H. The politics of child abuse in America. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 1996.
43. Thomson MJ, Lietzau LK, Doty MM, et al. An analysis of elder abuse rates in Milwaukee County. WMJ. 2011;110(6):271-276.
44. Teaster PB, Dugar TA, Mendiondo MS, et al; The National Committee for the Prevention of Elder Abuse; The National Adult Protective Services Association. The 2004 Survey of State Adult Protective Services: Abuse of Adults 60 Years and Older. http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/Resources/Publication/docs/APS_2004NCEASurvey.pdf. Published March 2007. Accessed October 19, 2015.
45. Sorrentino R. Performing capacity evaluations: what’s expected from your consult. Current Psychiatry. 2014;13(1):41-44.
46. Grisso T, Appelbaum PS. MacArthur competence assessment tool for treatment (MacCAT-T). Sarasota, FL: Professional Resources Press; 1998.
47. Appelbaum PS. Clinical practice. Assessment of patients’ competence to consent to treatment. N Engl J Med. 2007;35(18):1834-1840.
48. Wynn S. Decision by surrogates: An overview of surrogate consent laws in the United States. Bifocal: A Journal of the ABA Commission on Bar and Aging. 2014;36(1). http://www.americanbar.org/publications/bifocal/vol_36/
issue_1_october2014/default_surrogate_consent_statutes.html. Accessed October 22, 2015.
49. American Medical Association. Diagnostic and treatment guidelines on elder abuse and neglect. Chicago, IL: American Medical Association; 1992.
50. Harrell R, Toronjo C, McLaughlin J, et al. How geriatricians identify elder abuse and neglect. Am J Med Sci. 2002;323(1):34-38.
51. Ahmad M, Lachs MS. Elder abuse and neglect: what physicians can and should do. Cleve Clin J Med. 2002; 69(10):801-808.
52. Elder abuse screening protocol for physicians: lessons learned from the Maine Partners for Elder Protection Pilot Project. University of Maine Center on Aging. http://umcoa.siteturbine.com/uploaded_files/mainecenteronaging.umaine.edu/files/elderabusescreeningmanual.pdf. Published May 2, 2007. Accessed August 20, 2015.
53. What is the Elder Justice Act? USC Davis School of Gerontology. http://gerontology.usc.edu/resources/articles/what-is-the-elder-justice-act/. Published 2015. Accessed October 20, 2015.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 14(11)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 14(11)
Page Number
23-25,30,32-35,40,42,e3
Page Number
23-25,30,32-35,40,42,e3
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
An under-recognized epidemic of elder abuse needs your awareness and action
Display Headline
An under-recognized epidemic of elder abuse needs your awareness and action
Legacy Keywords
elder abuse, geriatric, older people, abuse, neglect, financial, emotional, sexual, psychological, social abuse
Legacy Keywords
elder abuse, geriatric, older people, abuse, neglect, financial, emotional, sexual, psychological, social abuse
Sections
Article PDF Media

2 quick questions for dementia screening

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:20
Display Headline
2 quick questions for dementia screening

The Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) is widely used in psychiatry and throughout the medical community to evaluate a patient’s cognitive status. The MMSE score is the common language for communicating a patient’s cognitive level among psychiatrists, primary care physicians, social workers, nursing staff, psychologists, long-term care and assisted living facility staff, and insurance companies.

Although the MMSE is highly useful and should continue to be used as a cognitive screening instrument, in some clinical situations time is too limited to allow a full assessment, which could take up to 30 minutes. In my clinical experience, I’ve discovered I can estimate the MMSE score range for a patient I suspect has dementia by asking 2 simple questions.

What is your date of birth (DOB)? When a patient cannot accurately state his or her complete DOB, usually the MMSE is ≤10, indicating severe dementia. Often this observation has been confirmed when another clinician later would do a complete MMSE and return a score close to one I predicted. DOB is a highly personal piece of information that an individual should be able to provide quickly and directly. If a patient is unable to give this information, consider the rest of the patient’s history to be inaccurate and check with collateral sources such as family or close friends.

Can you name 10 vegetables? If a patient is unable to list 10 vegetables—for example, if he or she cannot name 10 vegetables within a minute, repeats them, or mixes them up with fruits or other foods—the MMSE range usually is between 10 to 20, indicating moderate dementia. Instead of vegetables, you can ask your patient to name animals, fruits, or familiar items in other categories.

Clinical value. These 2 bedside questions do not take the place of performing a full MMSE or another established cognitive screen, such as the Montreal Cognitive Assessment1 or the Mini-Cog.2 My quick assessment—which has not been validated by research—is merely a tip that in certain situations may help you get a rough estimate of a patient’s cognitive status.

References

1. Nasreddine ZS, Phillips NA, Bédirian V, et al. The Montreal Cognitive Assessment, MoCA: a brief screening tool for mild cognitive impairment. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2005;53:695-699.

2. Borson S, Scanlan J, Brush M, et al. The Mini-Cog: a cognitive “vital signs” measure for dementia screening in multi-lingual elderly. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2000;15:1021-1027.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Sanjay Gupta, MD
Dr. Gupta is chairman, department of psychiatry, Olean General Hospital, Olean, NY, and clinical professor, department of psychiatry, SUNY at Buffalo, Buffalo, NY, and SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, NY.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 08(08)
Publications
Page Number
70-70
Legacy Keywords
dementia; screening;mini mental state examination; Sanjya Gupta
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Sanjay Gupta, MD
Dr. Gupta is chairman, department of psychiatry, Olean General Hospital, Olean, NY, and clinical professor, department of psychiatry, SUNY at Buffalo, Buffalo, NY, and SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, NY.

Author and Disclosure Information

Sanjay Gupta, MD
Dr. Gupta is chairman, department of psychiatry, Olean General Hospital, Olean, NY, and clinical professor, department of psychiatry, SUNY at Buffalo, Buffalo, NY, and SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, NY.

Article PDF
Article PDF

The Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) is widely used in psychiatry and throughout the medical community to evaluate a patient’s cognitive status. The MMSE score is the common language for communicating a patient’s cognitive level among psychiatrists, primary care physicians, social workers, nursing staff, psychologists, long-term care and assisted living facility staff, and insurance companies.

Although the MMSE is highly useful and should continue to be used as a cognitive screening instrument, in some clinical situations time is too limited to allow a full assessment, which could take up to 30 minutes. In my clinical experience, I’ve discovered I can estimate the MMSE score range for a patient I suspect has dementia by asking 2 simple questions.

What is your date of birth (DOB)? When a patient cannot accurately state his or her complete DOB, usually the MMSE is ≤10, indicating severe dementia. Often this observation has been confirmed when another clinician later would do a complete MMSE and return a score close to one I predicted. DOB is a highly personal piece of information that an individual should be able to provide quickly and directly. If a patient is unable to give this information, consider the rest of the patient’s history to be inaccurate and check with collateral sources such as family or close friends.

Can you name 10 vegetables? If a patient is unable to list 10 vegetables—for example, if he or she cannot name 10 vegetables within a minute, repeats them, or mixes them up with fruits or other foods—the MMSE range usually is between 10 to 20, indicating moderate dementia. Instead of vegetables, you can ask your patient to name animals, fruits, or familiar items in other categories.

Clinical value. These 2 bedside questions do not take the place of performing a full MMSE or another established cognitive screen, such as the Montreal Cognitive Assessment1 or the Mini-Cog.2 My quick assessment—which has not been validated by research—is merely a tip that in certain situations may help you get a rough estimate of a patient’s cognitive status.

The Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) is widely used in psychiatry and throughout the medical community to evaluate a patient’s cognitive status. The MMSE score is the common language for communicating a patient’s cognitive level among psychiatrists, primary care physicians, social workers, nursing staff, psychologists, long-term care and assisted living facility staff, and insurance companies.

Although the MMSE is highly useful and should continue to be used as a cognitive screening instrument, in some clinical situations time is too limited to allow a full assessment, which could take up to 30 minutes. In my clinical experience, I’ve discovered I can estimate the MMSE score range for a patient I suspect has dementia by asking 2 simple questions.

What is your date of birth (DOB)? When a patient cannot accurately state his or her complete DOB, usually the MMSE is ≤10, indicating severe dementia. Often this observation has been confirmed when another clinician later would do a complete MMSE and return a score close to one I predicted. DOB is a highly personal piece of information that an individual should be able to provide quickly and directly. If a patient is unable to give this information, consider the rest of the patient’s history to be inaccurate and check with collateral sources such as family or close friends.

Can you name 10 vegetables? If a patient is unable to list 10 vegetables—for example, if he or she cannot name 10 vegetables within a minute, repeats them, or mixes them up with fruits or other foods—the MMSE range usually is between 10 to 20, indicating moderate dementia. Instead of vegetables, you can ask your patient to name animals, fruits, or familiar items in other categories.

Clinical value. These 2 bedside questions do not take the place of performing a full MMSE or another established cognitive screen, such as the Montreal Cognitive Assessment1 or the Mini-Cog.2 My quick assessment—which has not been validated by research—is merely a tip that in certain situations may help you get a rough estimate of a patient’s cognitive status.

References

1. Nasreddine ZS, Phillips NA, Bédirian V, et al. The Montreal Cognitive Assessment, MoCA: a brief screening tool for mild cognitive impairment. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2005;53:695-699.

2. Borson S, Scanlan J, Brush M, et al. The Mini-Cog: a cognitive “vital signs” measure for dementia screening in multi-lingual elderly. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2000;15:1021-1027.

References

1. Nasreddine ZS, Phillips NA, Bédirian V, et al. The Montreal Cognitive Assessment, MoCA: a brief screening tool for mild cognitive impairment. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2005;53:695-699.

2. Borson S, Scanlan J, Brush M, et al. The Mini-Cog: a cognitive “vital signs” measure for dementia screening in multi-lingual elderly. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2000;15:1021-1027.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 08(08)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 08(08)
Page Number
70-70
Page Number
70-70
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
2 quick questions for dementia screening
Display Headline
2 quick questions for dementia screening
Legacy Keywords
dementia; screening;mini mental state examination; Sanjya Gupta
Legacy Keywords
dementia; screening;mini mental state examination; Sanjya Gupta
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media